SemaDecl.cpp revision 2d9e8838712f3fcacedaf898fd85654cd2bb3600
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->hasExternalLinkage()) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483} 1484 1485/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488/// built-in. 1489NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569} 1570 1571/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1572/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1573/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1574/// entity. 1575static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1576 NamedDecl *decl, 1577 LookupResult &previous){ 1578 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1579 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1580 return; 1581 1582 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1583 if (previous.empty()) 1584 return; 1585 1586 // If this declaration has external 1587 bool hasExternalLinkage = decl->hasExternalLinkage(); 1588 1589 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1590 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1591 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1592 1593 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1594 if (!old->isHidden()) 1595 continue; 1596 1597 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1598 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1599 filter.erase(); 1600 } 1601 1602 filter.done(); 1603} 1604 1605bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1606 QualType OldType; 1607 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1608 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1609 else 1610 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1611 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1612 1613 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1614 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1615 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1616 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1617 << Kind << NewType; 1618 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1619 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 return true; 1622 } 1623 1624 if (OldType != NewType && 1625 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1626 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1627 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1628 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1630 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1631 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1632 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637} 1638 1639/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1640/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1641/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1642/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1643/// 1644void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1645 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1646 // merging checks. 1647 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1648 1649 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1650 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1651 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1652 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1653 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1654 default: break; 1655 case 2: 1656 { 1657 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1658 break; 1659 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1660 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1661 break; 1662 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1663 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1664 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1665 break; 1666 } 1667 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1668 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1669 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 case 5: 1673 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1674 break; 1675 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1676 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1677 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1678 return; 1679 case 3: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1688 } 1689 1690 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1691 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1692 if (!Old) { 1693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1694 << New->getDeclName(); 1695 1696 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1697 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1698 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1699 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 1703 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1704 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1705 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1706 1707 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1708 // with any extensions enabled. 1709 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1713 // declaration was a typedef. 1714 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1715 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1716 1717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1718 return; 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1721 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1722 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1723 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1724 // to the type to which it already refers. 1725 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1729 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1730 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1731 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1732 // 1733 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1734 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1735 // 1736 // struct S { 1737 // typedef struct A { } A; 1738 // }; 1739 // 1740 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1741 // allow the above but disallow 1742 // 1743 // struct S { 1744 // typedef int I; 1745 // typedef int I; 1746 // }; 1747 // 1748 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1749 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1750 return; 1751 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1753 << New->getDeclName(); 1754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1755 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1759 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1763 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1764 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1765 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1766 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1767 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1768 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return; 1775} 1776 1777/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1778/// attribute. 1779static bool 1780DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1781 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1782 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1783 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1784 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1785 if (AA) 1786 return false; 1787 1788 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1789 switch (A->getKind()) { 1790 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1791 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1792 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1794 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1795 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1798 case attr::GuardedBy: 1799 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1800 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1801 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1802 return false; 1803 default: 1804 ; 1805 } 1806 1807 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1808 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1809 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1810 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1811 if (Ann) { 1812 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1813 return true; 1814 continue; 1815 } 1816 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1817 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1818 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823} 1824 1825static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1826 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1827 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1828 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1829 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1830 return true; 1831} 1832 1833/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1834/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1835/// 1836/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1837static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1838 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1839 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1840 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1841 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1842 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1843 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1844 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1845 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1846 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1847 // in a case like: 1848 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1849 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1850 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1851 // definition in such a case. 1852 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1853 return false; 1854 1855 if (I->isAlignas()) 1856 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1857 1858 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1859 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1860 OldAlign = Align; 1861 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1862 } 1863 } 1864 1865 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1866 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1867 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1868 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1869 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1870 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1871 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1872 return false; 1873 1874 if (I->isAlignas()) 1875 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1876 1877 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1878 if (Align > NewAlign) 1879 NewAlign = Align; 1880 } 1881 1882 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1883 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1884 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1885 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1886 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1887 1888 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1889 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1890 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1891 QualType Ty; 1892 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1893 Ty = VD->getType(); 1894 else 1895 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1896 1897 if (OldAlign == 0) 1898 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1899 if (NewAlign == 0) 1900 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1901 } 1902 1903 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1904 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1905 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1906 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1907 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1908 } 1909 } 1910 1911 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1912 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1913 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1914 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1915 // equivalent alignment. 1916 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1917 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1918 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1919 // have no alignment specifier. 1920 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1921 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1922 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1923 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1924 } 1925 1926 bool AnyAdded = false; 1927 1928 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1929 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1930 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1931 Clone->setInherited(true); 1932 New->addAttr(Clone); 1933 AnyAdded = true; 1934 } 1935 1936 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1937 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1938 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1939 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1940 Clone->setInherited(true); 1941 New->addAttr(Clone); 1942 AnyAdded = true; 1943 } 1944 1945 return AnyAdded; 1946} 1947 1948static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1949 bool Override) { 1950 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1951 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1952 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1953 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1954 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1955 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1956 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1957 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1958 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1959 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1960 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1961 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1962 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1963 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1964 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1965 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1966 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1967 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1968 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1969 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1970 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1971 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1972 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1973 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1974 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1975 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1976 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1977 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1978 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1979 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1980 NewAttr = 0; 1981 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1982 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1983 1984 if (NewAttr) { 1985 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1986 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1987 return true; 1988 } 1989 1990 return false; 1991} 1992 1993static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1994 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1995 return TD->getDefinition(); 1996 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1997 return VD->getDefinition(); 1998 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1999 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2000 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2001 return Def; 2002 } 2003 return NULL; 2004} 2005 2006static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2007 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2008 I != E; ++I) { 2009 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2010 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2011 return true; 2012 } 2013 return false; 2014} 2015 2016/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2017/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2018static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2019 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2020 return; 2021 2022 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2023 if (!Def || Def == New) 2024 return; 2025 2026 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2027 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2028 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2029 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2030 ++I; 2031 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2032 } 2033 2034 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2035 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2036 ++I; 2037 continue; 2038 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2039 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2040 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2041 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2042 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2043 // equivalent alignment. 2044 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2045 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2046 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2047 // have no alignment specifier. 2048 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2049 << AA->isC11(); 2050 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2051 << AA->isC11(); 2052 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2053 --E; 2054 continue; 2055 } 2056 } 2057 2058 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2059 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2060 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2061 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2062 --E; 2063 } 2064} 2065 2066/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2067void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2068 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2069 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2070 return; 2071 2072 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2073 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2074 2075 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2076 return; 2077 2078 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2079 2080 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2081 // we process them. 2082 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2083 2084 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2085 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2086 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2087 i != e; ++i) { 2088 bool Override = false; 2089 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2090 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2091 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2092 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2093 switch (AMK) { 2094 case AMK_None: 2095 continue; 2096 2097 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2098 break; 2099 2100 case AMK_Override: 2101 Override = true; 2102 break; 2103 } 2104 } 2105 2106 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2107 foundAny = true; 2108 } 2109 2110 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2111 foundAny = true; 2112 2113 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2114} 2115 2116/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2117/// to the new one. 2118static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2119 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2120 Sema &S) { 2121 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2122 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2123 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2124 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2125 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2126 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2127 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2128 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2129 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2130 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2131 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2132 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2133 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2134 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2135 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2136 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2137 } 2138 2139 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2140 return; 2141 2142 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2143 2144 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2145 // done before we process them. 2146 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2147 2148 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2149 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2150 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2151 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2152 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2153 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2154 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2155 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2156 foundAny = true; 2157 } 2158 } 2159 2160 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2161} 2162 2163namespace { 2164 2165/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2166/// C. 2167struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2168 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2169 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2170 QualType PromotedType; 2171}; 2172 2173} 2174 2175/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2176Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2177 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2178 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2179 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2180 2181 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2182 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2183 2184 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2185 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2186 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2187 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2188 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2189 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2190 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2191 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2192 } 2193 2194 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2195} 2196 2197/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2198/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2199/// GNU89 mode. 2200static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2201 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2202 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2203 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2204 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2205 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2206} 2207 2208/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2209/// declaration? 2210static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2211 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2212 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2213 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2214 } else { 2215 // Free C function or a static method. 2216 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2217 } 2218 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2219} 2220 2221template <typename T> 2222static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2223 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2224 if (DC->isRecord()) 2225 return false; 2226 2227 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2228 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && 2229 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCContext()) 2230 return true; 2231 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && 2232 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCXXContext()) 2233 return true; 2234 return false; 2235} 2236 2237/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2238/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2239/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2240/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2241/// 2242/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2243/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2244/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2245/// merged with. 2246/// 2247/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2248bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2249 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2250 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2251 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2252 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2253 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2254 else 2255 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2256 if (!Old) { 2257 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2258 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2259 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2260 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2261 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2262 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2263 return true; 2264 } 2265 2266 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2267 << New->getDeclName(); 2268 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2269 return true; 2270 } 2271 2272 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2273 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2274 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2275 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2276 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2277 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2278 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2279 else 2280 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2281 2282 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2283 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2284 2285 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2286 // is an extern inline function. 2287 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2288 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2289 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2290 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2291 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2293 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2294 } else { 2295 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2296 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2297 return true; 2298 } 2299 } 2300 2301 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2302 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2303 // calling convention of the first. 2304 // 2305 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2306 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2307 // 2308 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2309 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2310 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2311 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2312 // because it is the default calling convention. 2313 // 2314 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2315 // other tests to run. 2316 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2317 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2318 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2319 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2320 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2321 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2322 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2323 2324 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2325 // there but not here. 2326 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2327 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2328 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2329 2330 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2331 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2332 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2333 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2334 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2335 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2336 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2337 2338 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2339 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2340 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2341 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2342 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2343 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2344 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2345 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2346 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2347 return true; 2348 } 2349 2350 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2351 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2352 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2353 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2354 } 2355 2356 // Merge regparm attribute. 2357 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2358 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2359 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2360 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2361 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2362 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2363 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2364 return true; 2365 } 2366 2367 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2368 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2369 } 2370 2371 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2372 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2373 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2374 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 return true; 2377 } 2378 2379 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2380 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2381 } 2382 2383 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2384 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2385 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2386 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2387 } 2388 2389 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2390 // UndefinedButUsed. 2391 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2392 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2393 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2394 Old->isUsed(false) && 2395 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2396 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2397 SourceLocation())); 2398 2399 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2400 // about it. 2401 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2402 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2403 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2404 } 2405 2406 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2407 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2408 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2409 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2410 // cannot be overloaded. 2411 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2412 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2413 QualType ResQT; 2414 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2415 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2416 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2417 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2418 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2419 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2420 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2421 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2422 else 2423 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2424 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2425 return true; 2426 } 2427 else 2428 NewQType = ResQT; 2429 } 2430 2431 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2432 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2433 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2434 // Preserve triviality. 2435 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2436 2437 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2438 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2439 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2440 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2441 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2442 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2443 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2444 2445 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2446 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2447 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2448 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2449 // is a static member function declaration. 2450 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2452 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2453 return true; 2454 } 2455 2456 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2457 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2458 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2459 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2460 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2461 unsigned NewDiag; 2462 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2463 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2464 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2465 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2466 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2467 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2468 else 2469 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2470 2471 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2472 } else { 2473 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2474 << New << New->getType(); 2475 } 2476 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2477 2478 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2479 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2480 // 2481 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2482 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2483 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2484 if (isFriend) { 2485 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2486 } else { 2487 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2488 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2489 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2490 return true; 2491 } 2492 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2493 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2494 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2495 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2496 return true; 2497 } 2498 } 2499 2500 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2501 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2502 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2503 // attribute. 2504 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2505 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2506 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2507 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2508 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2509 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2510 } 2511 2512 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2513 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2514 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2515 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2516 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2517 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2518 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2519 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2520 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2521 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2522 } 2523 2524 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2525 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2526 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2527 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2528 2529 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2530 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2531 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2532 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2533 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2534 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2535 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2536 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2537 } 2538 2539 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2541 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2542 return true; 2543 } 2544 2545 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2546 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2547 2548 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2549 } 2550 2551 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2552 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2553 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2554 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2555 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2556 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2557 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2558 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2559 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2560 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2561 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2562 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2563 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2564 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2565 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2566 ParamTypes, 2567 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2568 New->setType(NewQType); 2569 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2570 2571 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2572 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2573 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2574 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2575 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2576 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2577 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2578 SourceLocation(), 2579 SourceLocation(), 0, 2580 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2581 SC_None, SC_None, 2582 0); 2583 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2584 Param->setImplicit(); 2585 Params.push_back(Param); 2586 } 2587 2588 New->setParams(Params); 2589 } 2590 2591 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2592 } 2593 2594 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2595 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2596 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2597 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2598 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2599 // the prototype. 2600 // 2601 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2602 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2603 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2604 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2605 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2606 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2607 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2608 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2609 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2610 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2611 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2612 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2613 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2614 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2615 2616 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2617 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2618 NewProto->getResultType()); 2619 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2620 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2621 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2622 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2623 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2624 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2625 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2626 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2627 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2628 NewParm->getType(), 2629 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2630 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2631 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2632 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2633 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2634 } else 2635 LooseCompatible = false; 2636 } 2637 2638 if (LooseCompatible) { 2639 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2640 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2641 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2642 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2643 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2644 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2645 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2646 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2647 } 2648 2649 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2650 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2651 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2652 } 2653 2654 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2655 } 2656 2657 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2658 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2659 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2660 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2661 // signature. 2662 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2663 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2664 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2665 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2666 // library built-in. 2667 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2668 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2669 << Old << Old->getType(); 2670 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2671 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2672 return false; 2673 } 2674 2675 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2676 } 2677 2678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2679 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2680 return true; 2681} 2682 2683/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2684/// known to be compatible. 2685/// 2686/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2687/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2688/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2689/// redeclaration of Old. 2690/// 2691/// \returns false 2692bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2693 Scope *S) { 2694 // Merge the attributes 2695 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2696 2697 // Merge the storage class. 2698 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2699 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2700 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2701 2702 // Merge "pure" flag. 2703 if (Old->isPure()) 2704 New->setPure(); 2705 2706 // Merge "used" flag. 2707 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2708 New->setUsed(); 2709 2710 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2711 // declarations. 2712 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2713 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2714 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2715 *this); 2716 2717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2718 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2719 2720 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2721 // and argument types. 2722 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2723 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2724 New->setType(Merged); 2725 2726 return false; 2727} 2728 2729 2730void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2731 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2732 2733 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2734 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, AMK_Override); 2735 2736 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2737 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2738 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2739 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2740 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2741 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2742 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2743 2744 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2745} 2746 2747/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2748/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2749/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2750/// 2751/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2752/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2753/// is attached. 2754void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2755 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2756 return; 2757 2758 QualType MergedT; 2759 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2760 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2761 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2762 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2763 return; 2764 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2765 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2766 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2767 } 2768 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2769 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2770 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2771 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2772 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2773 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2774 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2775 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2776 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2777 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2778 NewArray->getElementType())) 2779 MergedT = New->getType(); 2780 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2781 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2782 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2783 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2784 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2785 NewArray->getElementType())) 2786 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2787 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2788 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2789 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2790 Old->getType()); 2791 } 2792 } else { 2793 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2794 } 2795 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2797 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2798 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2799 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2800 } 2801 New->setType(MergedT); 2802} 2803 2804/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2805/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2806/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2807/// 2808/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2809/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2810/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2811/// 2812void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2813 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2814 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2815 return; 2816 2817 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2818 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2819 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2820 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2822 << New->getDeclName(); 2823 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2824 diag::note_previous_definition); 2825 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2826 } 2827 2828 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2829 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2830 // 2831 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2832 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2833 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2834 << New->getIdentifier(); 2835 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2836 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2837 } 2838 2839 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2840 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2841 // declaration 2842 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2843 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2844 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2845 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2846 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2847 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2848 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2849 } 2850 2851 // Merge the types. 2852 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2853 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2854 return; 2855 2856 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2857 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2858 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2860 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2861 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2862 } 2863 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2864 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2865 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2866 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2867 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2868 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2869 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2870 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2871 // identifier has external linkage. 2872 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2873 /* Okay */; 2874 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2875 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2876 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2877 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2878 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2879 } 2880 2881 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2882 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2883 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2884 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2885 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2886 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2887 } 2888 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2889 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2890 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2891 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2892 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2893 } 2894 2895 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2896 2897 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2898 // need to check for mismatches. 2899 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2900 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2901 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2902 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2903 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2904 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2906 } 2907 2908 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2910 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2911 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2912 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2914 } 2915 2916 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2917 const VarDecl *Def; 2918 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2919 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2920 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2922 << New->getDeclName(); 2923 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2924 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2925 return; 2926 } 2927 2928 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2930 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2931 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2932 return; 2933 } 2934 2935 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2936 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2937 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2938 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2939 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2940 // specified at the prior declaration. 2941 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2942 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2943 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2944 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2945 2946 // Merge "used" flag. 2947 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2948 New->setUsed(); 2949 2950 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2951 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2952 2953 // Inherit access appropriately. 2954 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2955} 2956 2957/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2958/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2959Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2960 DeclSpec &DS) { 2961 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2962} 2963 2964/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2965/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2966/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2967Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2968 DeclSpec &DS, 2969 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2970 Decl *TagD = 0; 2971 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2972 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2973 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2974 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2975 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2976 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2977 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2978 2979 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2980 return 0; 2981 2982 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2983 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2984 // it's a Type. 2985 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2986 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2987 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2988 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2989 } 2990 2991 if (Tag) { 2992 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2993 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2994 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2995 return Tag; 2996 } 2997 2998 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2999 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3000 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3001 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3002 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3003 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3004 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3005 } 3006 3007 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3008 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3009 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3010 if (Tag) 3011 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3012 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3013 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3014 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3015 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3016 else 3017 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3018 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3019 return TagD; 3020 } 3021 3022 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3023 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3024 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3025 if (TagD && !Tag) 3026 return 0; 3027 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3028 } 3029 3030 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 3031 // declarators. 3032 bool emittedWarning = false; 3033 3034 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3035 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3036 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3037 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3038 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3039 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3040 3041 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 3042 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3043 emittedWarning = true; 3044 } 3045 } 3046 3047 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 3048 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3049 CurContext->isRecord() && 3050 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3051 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3052 // struct STRUCT; 3053 // and 3054 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3055 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3056 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3057 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3058 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3059 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3060 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3061 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3062 } 3063 } 3064 3065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3066 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3067 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3068 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3069 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 3070 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 3071 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3072 emittedWarning = true; 3073 } 3074 3075 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3076 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 3077 3078 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3079 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 3080 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 3081 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3082 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 3083 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3084 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3085 return Tag; 3086 } 3087 3088 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 3089 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3090 emittedWarning = true; 3091 } 3092 3093 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 3094 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 3095 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 3096 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3097 return TagD; 3098 3099 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3100 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3101 // useless. 3102 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3103 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3104 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 3105 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 3106 3107 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 3108 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 3109 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3110 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3111 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 3112 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3113 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 3114 // Restrict is covered above. 3115 } 3116 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3117 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 3118 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 3119 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 3120 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 3121 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 3122 3123 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3124 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3125 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3126 << Tag->getTagKind() 3127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3128 3129 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3130 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3131 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3132 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3133 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3134 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3135 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3136 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3137 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3138 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3139 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3140 while (attrs) { 3141 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3142 << attrs->getName() 3143 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3144 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3145 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3146 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3147 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3148 } 3149 } 3150 } 3151 3152 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3153 3154 return TagD; 3155} 3156 3157/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3158/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3159/// 3160/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3161static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3162 Scope *S, 3163 DeclContext *Owner, 3164 DeclarationName Name, 3165 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3166 unsigned diagnostic) { 3167 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3168 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3169 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3170 3171 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3172 return false; 3173 3174 // Pick a representative declaration. 3175 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3176 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3177 3178 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3179 return false; 3180 3181 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3182 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3183 3184 return true; 3185} 3186 3187/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3188/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3189/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3190/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3191/// struct, e.g., 3192/// 3193/// @code 3194/// union { 3195/// int i; 3196/// float f; 3197/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3198/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3199/// @endcode 3200/// 3201/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3202/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3203static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3204 DeclContext *Owner, 3205 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3206 AccessSpecifier AS, 3207 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3208 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3209 unsigned diagKind 3210 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3211 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3212 3213 bool Invalid = false; 3214 3215 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3216 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3217 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3218 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3219 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3220 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3221 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3222 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3223 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3224 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3225 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3226 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3227 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3228 Invalid = true; 3229 } else { 3230 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3231 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3232 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3233 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3234 // anonymous union is declared. 3235 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3236 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3237 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3238 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3239 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3240 else 3241 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3242 3243 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3244 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3245 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3246 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3247 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3248 3249 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3250 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3251 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3252 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3253 3254 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3255 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3256 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3257 3258 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3259 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3260 3261 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3262 } 3263 } 3264 } 3265 3266 return Invalid; 3267} 3268 3269/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3270/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3271/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3272static StorageClass 3273StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3274 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3275 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3276 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3277 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3278 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3279 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3280 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3281 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3282 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3283 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3284 } 3285 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3286} 3287 3288/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3289/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3290/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3291static StorageClass 3292StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3293 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3294 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3295 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3296 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3297 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3298 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3299 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3300 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3301 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3302 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3303 } 3304 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3305} 3306 3307/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3308/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3309/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3310/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3311Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3312 AccessSpecifier AS, 3313 RecordDecl *Record) { 3314 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3315 3316 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3317 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3318 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3319 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3320 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3321 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3322 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3323 3324 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3325 // structs/unions. 3326 bool Invalid = false; 3327 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3328 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3329 unsigned DiagID; 3330 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3331 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3332 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3333 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3334 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3335 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3336 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3337 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3338 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3339 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3340 3341 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3342 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3343 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3344 } 3345 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3346 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3347 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3348 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3349 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3350 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3351 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3352 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3353 3354 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3355 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3356 SourceLocation(), 3357 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3358 } 3359 } 3360 3361 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3362 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3363 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3364 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3365 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3366 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3367 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3368 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3369 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3370 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3371 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3372 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3373 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3374 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3375 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3376 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3377 3378 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3379 } 3380 3381 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3382 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3383 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3384 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3385 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3386 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3387 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3388 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3389 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3390 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3391 // members (clause 11). 3392 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3393 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3394 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3395 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3396 Invalid = true; 3397 } 3398 3399 // C++ [class.union]p1 3400 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3401 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3402 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3403 // array of such objects. 3404 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3405 Invalid = true; 3406 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3407 // Any implicit members are fine. 3408 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3409 // This is a type that showed up in an 3410 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3411 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3412 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3413 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3414 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3415 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3416 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3417 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3418 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3419 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3420 else { 3421 // This is a nested type declaration. 3422 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3423 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3424 Invalid = true; 3425 } 3426 } else { 3427 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3428 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3429 // not part of standard C++. 3430 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3431 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3432 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3433 } 3434 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3435 // Any access specifier is fine. 3436 } else { 3437 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3438 // member. Complain about it. 3439 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3440 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3441 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3442 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3443 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3444 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3445 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3446 3447 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3448 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3449 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3450 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3451 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3452 else { 3453 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3454 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3455 Invalid = true; 3456 } 3457 } 3458 } 3459 } 3460 3461 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3462 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3463 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3464 Invalid = true; 3465 } 3466 3467 // Mock up a declarator. 3468 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3470 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3471 3472 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3473 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3474 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3475 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3476 DS.getLocStart(), 3477 Record->getLocation(), 3478 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3479 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3480 TInfo, 3481 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3482 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3483 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3484 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3485 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3486 } else { 3487 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3488 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3489 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3490 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3491 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3492 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3493 // an error here 3494 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3495 Invalid = true; 3496 SC = SC_None; 3497 } 3498 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3499 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3500 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3501 3502 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3503 DS.getLocStart(), 3504 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3505 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3506 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3507 3508 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3509 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3510 // initializer: 3511 // union { int n = 0; }; 3512 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3513 } 3514 Anon->setImplicit(); 3515 3516 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3517 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3518 // its members. 3519 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3520 3521 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3522 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3523 // purposes. 3524 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3525 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3526 3527 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3528 Chain, false)) 3529 Invalid = true; 3530 3531 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3532 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3533 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3534 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3535 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3536 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3537 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3538 3539 if (Invalid) 3540 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3541 3542 return Anon; 3543} 3544 3545/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3546/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3547/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3548/// Example: 3549/// 3550/// struct A { int a; }; 3551/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3552/// 3553/// void foo() { 3554/// B var; 3555/// var.a = 3; 3556/// } 3557/// 3558Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3559 RecordDecl *Record) { 3560 3561 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3562 if (!Record) 3563 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3564 3565 // Mock up a declarator. 3566 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3567 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3568 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3569 3570 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3571 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3572 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3573 DS.getLocStart(), 3574 DS.getLocStart(), 3575 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3576 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3577 TInfo, 3578 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3579 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3580 Anon->setImplicit(); 3581 3582 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3583 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3584 3585 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3586 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3587 // purposes. 3588 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3589 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3590 3591 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3592 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3593 RecordDef, AS_none, 3594 Chain, true)) 3595 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3596 3597 return Anon; 3598} 3599 3600/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3601/// given Declarator. 3602DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3603 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3604} 3605 3606/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3607DeclarationNameInfo 3608Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3609 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3610 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3611 3612 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3613 3614 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3615 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3616 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3617 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3618 return NameInfo; 3619 3620 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3621 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3622 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3623 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3624 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3625 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3626 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3627 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3628 return NameInfo; 3629 3630 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3631 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3632 Name.Identifier)); 3633 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3634 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3635 return NameInfo; 3636 3637 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3638 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3639 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3640 if (Ty.isNull()) 3641 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3642 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3643 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3644 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3645 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3646 return NameInfo; 3647 } 3648 3649 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3650 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3651 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3652 if (Ty.isNull()) 3653 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3654 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3655 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3656 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3657 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3658 return NameInfo; 3659 } 3660 3661 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3662 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3663 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3664 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3665 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3666 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3667 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3668 3669 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3670 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3671 3672 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3673 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3674 // was qualified. 3675 3676 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3677 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3678 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3679 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3680 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3681 return NameInfo; 3682 } 3683 3684 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3686 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3687 if (Ty.isNull()) 3688 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3689 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3690 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3691 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3692 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3693 return NameInfo; 3694 } 3695 3696 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3697 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3698 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3699 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3700 } 3701 3702 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3703 3704 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3705} 3706 3707static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3708 do { 3709 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3710 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3711 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3712 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3713 else 3714 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3715 } while (true); 3716} 3717 3718/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3719/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3720/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3721/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3722/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3723/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3724/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3725static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3726 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3727 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3728 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3729 Params.clear(); 3730 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3731 return false; 3732 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3733 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3734 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3735 3736 // The parameter types are identical 3737 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3738 continue; 3739 3740 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3741 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3742 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3743 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3744 3745 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3746 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3747 Params.push_back(Idx); 3748 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3749 return false; 3750 } 3751 3752 return true; 3753} 3754 3755/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3756/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3757/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3758/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3759/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3760static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3761 DeclarationName Name) { 3762 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3763 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3764 // - types which will become injected class names 3765 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3766 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3767 // few cases here. 3768 3769 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3770 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3771 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3772 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3773 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3774 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3775 // Grab the type from the parser. 3776 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3777 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3778 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3779 3780 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3781 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3782 // attached already. 3783 if (!TSI) 3784 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3785 3786 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3787 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3788 if (!TSI) return true; 3789 3790 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3791 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3792 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3793 break; 3794 } 3795 3796 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3797 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3798 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3799 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3800 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3801 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3802 break; 3803 } 3804 3805 default: 3806 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3807 break; 3808 } 3809 3810 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3811 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3812 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3813 3814 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3815 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3816 // pointer. 3817 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3818 continue; 3819 3820 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3821 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3822 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3823 return true; 3824 } 3825 3826 return false; 3827} 3828 3829Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3830 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3831 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3832 3833 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3834 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3835 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3836 3837 return Dcl; 3838} 3839 3840/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3841/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3842/// name different from T: 3843/// - every static data member of class T; 3844/// - every member function of class T 3845/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3846/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3847bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3848 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3849 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3850 3851 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3852 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3853 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3854 return true; 3855 } 3856 3857 return false; 3858} 3859 3860/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3861/// nested-name-specifier. 3862/// 3863/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3864/// 3865/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3866/// resolves. 3867/// 3868/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3869/// 3870/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3871/// 3872/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3873bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3874 DeclarationName Name, 3875 SourceLocation Loc) { 3876 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3877 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3878 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3879 3880 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3881 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3882 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3883 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3884 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3885 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3886 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3887 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3888 3889 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3890 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3891 // 3892 // class X { 3893 // void X::f(); 3894 // }; 3895 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3896 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3897 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3898 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3899 SS.clear(); 3900 return false; 3901 } 3902 3903 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3904 // declaration. 3905 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3906 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3907 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3908 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3909 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3911 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3912 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3913 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3914 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3915 else 3916 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3917 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3918 3919 return true; 3920 } 3921 3922 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3923 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3925 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3926 SS.clear(); 3927 3928 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3929 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3930 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3931 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3932 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3933 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3934 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3935 return true; 3936 3937 return false; 3938 } 3939 3940 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3941 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3942 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3943 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3944 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3945 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3946 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3947 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3948 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3949 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3950 3951 return false; 3952} 3953 3954NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3955 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3956 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3957 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3958 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3959 3960 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3961 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3962 if (!Name) { 3963 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3964 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3965 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3966 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3967 return 0; 3968 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3969 return 0; 3970 3971 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3972 // we find one that is. 3973 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3974 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3975 S = S->getParent(); 3976 3977 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3978 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3979 D.setInvalidType(); 3980 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3981 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3982 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3983 return 0; 3984 3985 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3986 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3987 if (!DC) { 3988 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3989 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3990 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3991 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3993 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3994 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3995 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3996 return 0; 3997 } 3998 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3999 4000 if (!IsDependentContext && 4001 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4002 return 0; 4003 4004 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4005 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4006 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4007 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4008 D.setInvalidType(); 4009 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4010 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4011 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4012 if (DC->isRecord()) 4013 return 0; 4014 4015 D.setInvalidType(); 4016 } 4017 } 4018 4019 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4020 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4021 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4022 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4023 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4024 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4025 D.setInvalidType(); 4026 } 4027 } 4028 4029 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4030 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4031 // Just return early; it's safer. 4032 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4033 return 0; 4034 4035 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4036 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4037 4038 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4039 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4040 D.setInvalidType(); 4041 4042 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4043 ForRedeclaration); 4044 4045 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4046 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4047 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4048 4049 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4050 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4051 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4052 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4053 /* Do nothing*/; 4054 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4055 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4056 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4057 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4058 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4059 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4060 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4061 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4062 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4063 4064 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4065 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4066 4067 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4068 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4069 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4070 4071 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4072 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4073 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4074 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4075 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4076 // thereof; [...] 4077 // 4078 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4079 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4080 // we want to match. For example, given: 4081 // 4082 // class X { 4083 // void f(); 4084 // void f(float); 4085 // }; 4086 // 4087 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4088 // 4089 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4090 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4091 // matches. 4092 4093 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4094 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4095 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4096 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4097 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4098 } 4099 4100 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4101 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4102 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4103 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4104 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4105 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4106 4107 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4108 Previous.clear(); 4109 } 4110 4111 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4112 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4113 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4114 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4115 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4116 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4117 Previous.clear(); 4118 4119 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4120 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4121 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4122 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4123 4124 NamedDecl *New; 4125 4126 bool AddToScope = true; 4127 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4128 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4129 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4130 return 0; 4131 } 4132 4133 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4134 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4135 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4136 TemplateParamLists, 4137 AddToScope); 4138 } else { 4139 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4140 TemplateParamLists); 4141 } 4142 4143 if (New == 0) 4144 return 0; 4145 4146 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4147 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4148 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4149 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4150 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4151 4152 return New; 4153} 4154 4155/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4156/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4157/// GCC compatibility). 4158static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4159 ASTContext &Context, 4160 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4161 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4162 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4163 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4164 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4165 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4166 SizeIsNegative = false; 4167 Oversized = 0; 4168 4169 if (T->isDependentType()) 4170 return QualType(); 4171 4172 QualifierCollector Qs; 4173 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4174 4175 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4176 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4177 QualType FixedType = 4178 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4179 Oversized); 4180 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4181 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4182 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4183 } 4184 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4185 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4186 QualType FixedType = 4187 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4188 Oversized); 4189 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4190 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4191 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4192 } 4193 4194 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4195 if (!VLATy) 4196 return QualType(); 4197 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4198 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4199 return QualType(); 4200 4201 llvm::APSInt Res; 4202 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4203 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4204 return QualType(); 4205 4206 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4207 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4208 SizeIsNegative = true; 4209 return QualType(); 4210 } 4211 4212 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4213 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4214 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4215 Res); 4216 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4217 Oversized = Res; 4218 return QualType(); 4219 } 4220 4221 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4222 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4223} 4224 4225static void 4226FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4227 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4228 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4229 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4230 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4231 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4232 return; 4233 } 4234 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4235 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4236 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4237 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4238 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4239 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4240 return; 4241 } 4242 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4243 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4244 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4245 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4246 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4247 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4248 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4249 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4250} 4251 4252/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4253/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4254/// GCC compatibility). 4255static TypeSourceInfo* 4256TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4257 ASTContext &Context, 4258 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4259 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4260 QualType FixedTy 4261 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4262 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4263 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4264 return 0; 4265 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4266 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4267 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4268 return FixedTInfo; 4269} 4270 4271/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4272/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4273void 4274Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4275 const LookupResult &Previous, 4276 Scope *S) { 4277 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4278 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4279 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4280 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4281 4282 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4283 return; 4284 4285 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4286 4287 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4288 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4289 // declaration. 4290 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4291 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4292 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4293 4294 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4295 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4296 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4297 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4298 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4299 4300 } else { 4301 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4302 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4303 S = S->getParent(); 4304 } 4305 4306 if (S) 4307 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4308 } 4309} 4310 4311llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4312Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4313 if (ExternalSource) { 4314 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4315 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4316 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4317 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4318 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4319 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4320 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4321 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4322 } 4323 } 4324 4325 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4326} 4327 4328/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4329/// does not identify a function. 4330void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4331 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4332 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4333 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4334 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4335 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4336 4337 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4339 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4340 4341 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4342 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4343 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4344 4345 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 4346 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4347 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4348} 4349 4350NamedDecl* 4351Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4352 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4353 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4354 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4355 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4356 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4357 D.setInvalidType(); 4358 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4359 DC = CurContext; 4360 Previous.clear(); 4361 } 4362 4363 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4364 4365 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4366 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4367 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4368 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4369 << 1; 4370 4371 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4372 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4373 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4374 return 0; 4375 } 4376 4377 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4378 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4379 4380 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4381 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4382 4383 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4384 4385 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4386 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4387 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4388 return ND; 4389} 4390 4391void 4392Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4393 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4394 // then it shall have block scope. 4395 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4396 // that redeclarations will match. 4397 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4398 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4399 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4400 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4401 4402 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4403 bool SizeIsNegative; 4404 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4405 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4406 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4407 SizeIsNegative, 4408 Oversized); 4409 if (FixedTInfo) { 4410 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4411 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4412 } else { 4413 if (SizeIsNegative) 4414 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4415 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4416 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4417 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4418 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4419 << Oversized.toString(10); 4420 else 4421 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4422 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4423 } 4424 } 4425 } 4426} 4427 4428 4429/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4430/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4431/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4432NamedDecl* 4433Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4434 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4435 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4436 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4437 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4438 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4439 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4440 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4441 Redeclaration = true; 4442 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4443 } 4444 4445 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4446 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4447 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4448 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4449 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4450 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4451 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4452 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4453 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4454 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4455 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4456 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4457 } 4458 4459 return NewTD; 4460} 4461 4462/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4463/// previous declaration. 4464/// 4465/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4466/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4467/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4468/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4469/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4470/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4471/// 4472/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4473/// lookup 4474/// 4475/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4476/// declared. 4477/// 4478/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4479/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4480static bool 4481isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4482 ASTContext &Context) { 4483 if (!PrevDecl) 4484 return false; 4485 4486 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4487 return false; 4488 4489 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4490 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4491 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4492 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4493 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4494 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4495 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4496 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4497 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4498 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4499 return false; 4500 4501 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4502 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4503 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4504 return false; 4505 4506 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4507 // previous declarations. 4508 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4509 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4510 4511 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4512 // isn't the same function. 4513 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4514 return false; 4515 } 4516 4517 return true; 4518} 4519 4520static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4521 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4522 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4523 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4524} 4525 4526bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4527 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4528 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4529 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4530 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4531 unsigned kind = -1U; 4532 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4533 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4534 kind = 0; // __block 4535 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4536 kind = 1; // global 4537 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4538 kind = 3; // ivar 4539 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4540 kind = 2; // field 4541 } 4542 4543 if (kind != -1U) { 4544 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4545 << kind; 4546 } 4547 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4548 // Try to infer lifetime. 4549 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4550 return false; 4551 4552 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4553 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4554 decl->setType(type); 4555 } 4556 4557 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4558 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4559 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4560 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4561 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4562 << var->getType(); 4563 return true; 4564 } 4565 } 4566 4567 return false; 4568} 4569 4570static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4571 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4572 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4573 if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 4574 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4575 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4576 } 4577 } 4578 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4579 if (ND.hasExternalLinkage()) { 4580 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4581 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4582 } 4583 } 4584} 4585 4586NamedDecl* 4587Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4588 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4589 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4590 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4591 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4592 4593 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4594 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4595 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4596 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4597 4598 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) 4599 { 4600 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4601 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4602 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4603 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4604 D.setInvalidType(); 4605 } 4606 } 4607 4608 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4609 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4610 // an error here 4611 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4612 D.setInvalidType(); 4613 SC = SC_None; 4614 } 4615 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4616 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4617 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4618 4619 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4620 if (!II) { 4621 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4622 << Name; 4623 return 0; 4624 } 4625 4626 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4627 4628 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4629 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4630 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4631 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4632 4633 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4634 // is a GNU extension. 4635 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4636 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4637 else 4638 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4639 D.setInvalidType(); 4640 } 4641 } 4642 4643 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4644 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4645 // OpenCL __local address space. 4646 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4647 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4648 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4649 } 4650 4651 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4652 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4653 // space qualifiers. 4654 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4655 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4656 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4657 } 4658 4659 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4660 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4661 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4662 // address space qualifiers. 4663 if (R->isEventT()) { 4664 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4665 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4666 D.setInvalidType(); 4667 } 4668 4669 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4670 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4671 D.setInvalidType(); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 } 4675 4676 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4677 VarDecl *NewVD; 4678 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4679 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4680 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4681 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4682 4683 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4684 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4685 } else { 4686 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4687 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4688 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4689 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4690 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4691 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4692 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4693 SC = SC_Static; 4694 } 4695 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4696 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4697 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4698 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4699 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4700 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4701 4702 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4703 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4704 if (RD->isUnion()) 4705 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4706 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4707 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4708 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4709 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4710 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4711 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4712 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4713 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4714 } 4715 } 4716 4717 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4718 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4719 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4720 bool Invalid = false; 4721 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4722 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4723 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4724 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4725 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4726 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4727 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4728 /*never a friend*/ false, 4729 isExplicitSpecialization, 4730 Invalid)) { 4731 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4732 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4734 << II 4735 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4736 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4737 return 0; 4738 } else { 4739 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4740 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4741 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4742 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4743 << II 4744 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4745 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4746 } 4747 } 4748 4749 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4750 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4751 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4752 4753 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4754 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4755 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4756 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4757 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4758 4759 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4760 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4761 4762 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4763 4764 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4765 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4766 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4767 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4768 } 4769 4770 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4771 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4772 } 4773 4774 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4775 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4776 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4777 4778 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4779 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4780 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4781 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4782 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4783 else 4784 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4785 } 4786 4787 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4788 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4790 << 2 4791 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4792 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4793 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4794 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4795 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4796 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4797 else 4798 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4799 } 4800 4801 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4802 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4803 4804 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4805 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4806 4807 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4808 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4809 // storage [duration]." 4810 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4811 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4812 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4813 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4814 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4815 } 4816 } 4817 4818 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4819 // retainable type. 4820 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4822 4823 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4824 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4825 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4826 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4827 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4828 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4829 switch (SC) { 4830 case SC_None: 4831 case SC_Auto: 4832 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4833 break; 4834 case SC_Register: 4835 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4836 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4837 break; 4838 case SC_Static: 4839 case SC_Extern: 4840 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4841 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4842 break; 4843 } 4844 } 4845 4846 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4847 Context, Label)); 4848 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4849 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4850 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4851 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4852 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4853 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4854 } 4855 } 4856 4857 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4858 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4859 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4860 4861 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4862 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4863 // declaration has linkage). 4864 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4865 isExplicitSpecialization); 4866 4867 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4868 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4869 } else { 4870 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4871 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4872 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4873 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4874 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4875 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4876 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4877 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4878 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4879 Previous.clear(); 4880 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4881 } 4882 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4883 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4885 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4886 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4887 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4888 } 4889 4890 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4891 4892 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4893 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4894 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4895 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4896 } 4897 4898 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 4899 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 4900 4901 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4902 // such variables. 4903 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4904 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4905 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4906 4907 return NewVD; 4908} 4909 4910/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4911/// -Wshadow. 4912/// 4913/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4914/// scope. 4915/// 4916/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4917/// \param R the lookup of the name 4918/// 4919void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4920 // Return if warning is ignored. 4921 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4922 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4923 return; 4924 4925 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4926 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4927 return; 4928 4929 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4930 4931 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4932 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4933 return; 4934 4935 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4936 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4937 return; 4938 4939 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4940 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4941 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4942 if (MD->isStatic()) 4943 return; 4944 4945 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4946 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4947 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4948 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4949 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4950 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4951 I != E; ++I) 4952 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4953 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4954 break; 4955 } 4956 } 4957 4958 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4959 4960 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4961 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4962 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4963 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4964 return; 4965 4966 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4967 // static data members from base classes? 4968 4969 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4970 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4971 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4972 } 4973 4974 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4975 unsigned Kind; 4976 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4977 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4978 Kind = 3; // field 4979 else 4980 Kind = 2; // static data member 4981 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4982 Kind = 1; // global 4983 else 4984 Kind = 0; // local 4985 4986 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4987 4988 // Emit warning and note. 4989 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4990 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4991} 4992 4993/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4994void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4995 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4996 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4997 return; 4998 4999 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5000 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5001 LookupName(R, S); 5002 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5003} 5004 5005template<typename T> 5006static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5007 return ND->isExternC() || 5008 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5009} 5010 5011/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5012/// declaration. 5013/// 5014/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5015/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5016/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5017/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5018/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5019/// 5020/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5021/// 5022/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5023bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5024 LookupResult &Previous) { 5025 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5026 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5027 return false; 5028 5029 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5030 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5031 5032 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5033 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5034 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5035 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5036 NewVD->setType(T); 5037 } 5038 5039 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5040 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5041 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5042 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5043 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5044 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5045 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5046 return false; 5047 } 5048 5049 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5050 // scope. 5051 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5052 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5053 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5054 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5055 return false; 5056 } 5057 5058 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5059 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5060 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5062 else { 5063 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5064 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5065 } 5066 } 5067 5068 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5069 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5070 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5071 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5072 5073 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5074 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5075 bool SizeIsNegative; 5076 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5077 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5078 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5079 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5080 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5081 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5082 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5083 // int a[10][n]; 5084 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5085 5086 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5087 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5088 << SizeRange; 5089 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5091 << SizeRange; 5092 else 5093 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5094 << SizeRange; 5095 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5096 return false; 5097 } 5098 5099 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5100 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5101 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5102 else 5103 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5104 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5105 return false; 5106 } 5107 5108 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5109 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5110 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5111 } 5112 5113 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5114 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5115 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5116 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5117 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 5118 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 5119 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5120 } 5121 5122 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5123 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5124 5125 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 5126 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5127 << T; 5128 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5129 return false; 5130 } 5131 5132 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5133 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5134 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5135 return false; 5136 } 5137 5138 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5139 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5140 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5141 return false; 5142 } 5143 5144 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5145 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5146 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5147 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5148 return false; 5149 } 5150 5151 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5152 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5153 return true; 5154 } 5155 return false; 5156} 5157 5158/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5159struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5160 Sema *S; 5161 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5162}; 5163 5164/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5165/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5166/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5167static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5168 CXXBasePath &Path, 5169 void *UserData) { 5170 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5171 5172 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5173 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5174 5175 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5176 5177 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5178 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5179 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5180 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5181 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5182 5183 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5184 } 5185 5186 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5187 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5188 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5189 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5190 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5191 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5192 return true; 5193 } 5194 } 5195 5196 return false; 5197} 5198 5199namespace { 5200 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5201} 5202/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5203/// overriden methods. 5204/// 5205/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5206/// \param MD the overriding method. 5207/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5208static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5209 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5210 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5211 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5212 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5213 I != E; ++I) { 5214 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5215 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5216 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5217 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5218 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5219 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5220 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5221 } 5222} 5223 5224/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5225/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5226bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5227 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5228 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5229 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5230 Data.Method = MD; 5231 Data.S = this; 5232 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5233 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5234 bool AddedAny = false; 5235 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5236 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5237 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5238 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5239 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5240 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5241 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5242 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5243 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5244 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5245 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5246 AddedAny = true; 5247 } 5248 } 5249 } 5250 } 5251 5252 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5253 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5254 } 5255 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5256 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5257 } 5258 5259 return AddedAny; 5260} 5261 5262namespace { 5263 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5264 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5265 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5266 Scope *S; 5267 Declarator &D; 5268 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5269 bool AddToScope; 5270 }; 5271} 5272 5273namespace { 5274 5275// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5276// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5277class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5278 public: 5279 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5280 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5281 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5282 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5283 5284 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5285 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5286 return false; 5287 5288 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5289 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5290 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5291 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5292 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5293 5294 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5295 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5296 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5297 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5298 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5299 return true; 5300 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5301 return true; 5302 } 5303 } 5304 } 5305 5306 return false; 5307 } 5308 5309 private: 5310 ASTContext &Context; 5311 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5312 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5313}; 5314 5315} 5316 5317/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5318/// 5319/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5320/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5321/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5322/// the same name. 5323/// 5324/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5325/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5326static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5327 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5328 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5329 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5330 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5331 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5332 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5333 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5334 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5335 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5336 TypoCorrection Correction; 5337 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5338 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5339 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5340 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5341 5342 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5343 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5344 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5345 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5346 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5347 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5348 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5349 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5350 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5351 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5352 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5353 if (FD && 5354 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5355 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5356 // involve a parameter 5357 unsigned ParamNum = 5358 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5359 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5360 } 5361 } 5362 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5363 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5364 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5365 Validator, NewDC))) { 5366 // Trap errors. 5367 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5368 5369 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5370 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5371 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5372 Previous.clear(); 5373 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5374 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5375 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5376 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5377 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5378 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5379 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5380 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5381 } 5382 } 5383 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5384 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5385 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5386 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5387 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5388 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5389 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5390 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5391 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5392 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5393 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5394 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5395 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5396 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5397 Previous.clear(); 5398 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5399 Result = NULL; 5400 } else { 5401 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5402 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5403 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5404 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5405 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5406 } 5407 } 5408 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5409 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5410 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5411 } else { 5412 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5413 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5414 } 5415 } 5416 5417 if (Correction) { 5418 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5419 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5420 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5421 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5422 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5423 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5424 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5425 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5426 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5427 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5428 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5429 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5430 } else { 5431 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5432 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5433 } 5434 5435 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5436 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5437 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5438 5439 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5440 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5441 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5442 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5443 bool FDisConst = false; 5444 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5445 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5446 5447 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5448 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5449 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5450 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5451 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5452 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5453 } else if (Correction) { 5454 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5455 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5456 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5457 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5458 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5459 } else 5460 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5461 } 5462 return Result; 5463} 5464 5465static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5466 Declarator &D) { 5467 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5468 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5469 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5470 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5471 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5472 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5473 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5474 D.setInvalidType(); 5475 break; 5476 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5477 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5478 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5479 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5480 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5481 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5482 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5483 // other than extern 5484 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5485 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5486 diag::err_static_block_func); 5487 break; 5488 } else 5489 return SC_Static; 5490 } 5491 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5492 } 5493 5494 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5495 return SC_None; 5496} 5497 5498static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5499 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5500 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5501 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5502 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5503 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5504 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5505 5506 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5507 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5508 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5509 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5510 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5511 5512 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5513 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5514 // prototype. This true when: 5515 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5516 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5517 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5518 bool HasPrototype = 5519 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5520 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5521 5522 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5523 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5524 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5525 HasPrototype); 5526 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5527 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5528 5529 // Set the lexical context. 5530 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5531 5532 return NewFD; 5533 } 5534 5535 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5536 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5537 5538 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5539 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5540 // the class has been completely parsed. 5541 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5542 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5543 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5544 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5545 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5546 D.setInvalidType(); 5547 5548 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5549 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5550 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5551 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5552 5553 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5554 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5555 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5556 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5557 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5558 isConstexpr); 5559 5560 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5561 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5562 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5563 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5564 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5565 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5566 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5567 D.getLocStart(), 5568 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5569 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5570 5571 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5572 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5573 // it yet. 5574 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5575 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5576 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5577 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5578 } 5579 5580 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5581 return NewDD; 5582 5583 } else { 5584 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5585 D.setInvalidType(); 5586 5587 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5588 // code path. 5589 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5590 D.getLocStart(), 5591 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5592 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5593 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5594 } 5595 5596 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5597 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5598 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5599 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5600 return 0; 5601 } 5602 5603 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5604 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5605 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5606 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5607 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5608 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5609 5610 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5611 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5612 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5613 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5614 // constructor if it has no return type). 5615 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5616 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5617 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5618 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5619 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5620 return 0; 5621 } 5622 5623 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5624 5625 // [class.free]p1: 5626 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5627 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5628 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5629 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5630 isStatic = true; 5631 5632 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5633 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5634 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5635 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5636 isStatic = true; 5637 5638 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5639 5640 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5641 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5642 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5643 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5644 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5645 5646 } else { 5647 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5648 // prototype. This true when: 5649 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5650 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5651 D.getLocStart(), 5652 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5653 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5654 } 5655} 5656 5657void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5658 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5659 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5660 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5661 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5662 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5663 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5664 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5665 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5666 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5667 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5668 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5669 << IsTypeAlias; 5670 } 5671} 5672 5673NamedDecl* 5674Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5675 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5676 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5677 bool &AddToScope) { 5678 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5679 5680 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5681 5682 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5683 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5684 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5685 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5686 5687 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5688 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5689 5690 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5691 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5692 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5693 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5694 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5695 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5696 5697 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5698 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5699 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5700 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5701 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, 5702 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5703 FPT->getNumArgs()), 5704 EPI); 5705 } 5706 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5707 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5708 } 5709 5710 bool isFriend = false; 5711 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5712 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5713 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5714 5715 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5716 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5717 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5718 5719 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5720 5721 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5722 isVirtualOkay); 5723 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5724 5725 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5726 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5727 5728 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5729 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5730 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5731 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5732 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5733 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5734 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5735 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5736 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5737 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5738 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5739 } 5740 5741 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5742 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5743 // return true). 5744 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5745 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5746 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5747 NewFD->setPure(true); 5748 } 5749 5750 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5751 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5752 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5753 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5754 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5755 5756 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5757 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5758 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5759 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5760 5761 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5762 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5763 bool Invalid = false; 5764 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5765 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5766 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5767 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5768 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5769 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5770 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5771 isFriend, 5772 isExplicitSpecialization, 5773 Invalid)) { 5774 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5775 // This is a function template 5776 5777 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5778 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5779 return 0; 5780 5781 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5782 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5783 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5784 return 0; 5785 } 5786 5787 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5788 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5789 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5790 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5791 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5792 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5793 Invalid = true; 5794 } 5795 5796 5797 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5798 NewFD->getLocation(), 5799 Name, TemplateParams, 5800 NewFD); 5801 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5802 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5803 5804 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5805 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5806 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5807 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5808 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5809 } 5810 } else { 5811 // This is a function template specialization. 5812 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5813 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5814 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5815 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5816 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5817 5818 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5819 if (isFriend) { 5820 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5821 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5822 5823 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5824 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5825 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5826 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5827 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5828 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5829 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5830 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5831 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5832 } 5833 5834 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5835 << Name << RemoveRange 5836 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5837 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5838 } 5839 } 5840 } 5841 else { 5842 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5843 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5844 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5845 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5846 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5847 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5848 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5849 } 5850 5851 if (Invalid) { 5852 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5853 if (FunctionTemplate) 5854 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5855 } 5856 5857 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5858 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5859 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5860 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5861 // 5862 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5863 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5864 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5865 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5866 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5867 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5868 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5869 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5870 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5871 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5872 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5873 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5874 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5875 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5876 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5877 } else { 5878 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5879 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5880 } 5881 } 5882 5883 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5884 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5885 // declaration. 5886 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5887 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5888 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5889 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5890 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5891 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5892 } 5893 } 5894 5895 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5896 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5897 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5898 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5899 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5900 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5901 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5902 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5903 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5904 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5905 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5906 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5907 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5908 // or conversion function. 5909 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5910 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5911 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5912 } 5913 } 5914 5915 if (isConstexpr) { 5916 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5917 // are implicitly inline. 5918 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5919 5920 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5921 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5922 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5923 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5924 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5925 } 5926 5927 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5928 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5929 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5930 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5931 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5932 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5933 << 0 5934 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5935 } else { 5936 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5937 if (FunctionTemplate) 5938 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5939 } 5940 } 5941 5942 if (isFriend) { 5943 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5944 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5945 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5946 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5947 } 5948 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5949 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5950 } 5951 5952 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5953 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5954 case FDK_Declaration: 5955 case FDK_Definition: 5956 break; 5957 5958 case FDK_Defaulted: 5959 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5960 break; 5961 5962 case FDK_Deleted: 5963 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5964 break; 5965 } 5966 5967 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5968 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5969 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5970 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5971 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5972 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5973 } 5974 5975 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5976 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5977 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5978 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5979 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5980 // the class. 5981 5982 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5983 // member function definition. 5984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5985 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5986 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5987 } 5988 5989 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5990 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5991 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5992 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5993 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5994 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5995 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5996 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5997 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5998 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5999 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6000 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6001 EPI)); 6002 } 6003 } 6004 6005 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6006 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 6007 isExplicitSpecialization || 6008 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6009 6010 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6011 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6012 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6013 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6014 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6015 SE->getString())); 6016 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6017 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6018 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6019 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6020 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6021 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6022 } 6023 } 6024 6025 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6026 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6027 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6028 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6029 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6030 6031 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6032 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6033 // single void argument. 6034 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6035 // already checks for that case. 6036 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6037 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6038 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6039 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6040 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6041 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6042 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6043 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6044 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6045 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6046 Params.push_back(Param); 6047 6048 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6049 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6050 } 6051 } 6052 6053 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6054 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6055 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6056 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6057 // 6058 // @code 6059 // typedef void fn(int); 6060 // fn f; 6061 // @endcode 6062 6063 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6064 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6065 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6066 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6067 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6068 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6069 Params.push_back(Param); 6070 } 6071 } else { 6072 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6073 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6074 } 6075 6076 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6077 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6078 6079 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6080 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6081 // 6082 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6083 // 6084 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6085 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6086 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6087 6088 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6089 NewFD->addAttr( 6090 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6091 Context)); 6092 6093 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6094 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6095 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6096 6097 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6098 // because all functions have linkage. 6099 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6100 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6101 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6102 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6103 } 6104 6105 // Handle attributes. 6106 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6107 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6108 6109 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6110 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6111 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6112 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6113 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6114 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6115 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6116 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6117 Context)); 6118 } 6119 } 6120 6121 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6122 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6123 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6124 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6125 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6126 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6127 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6128 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6129 } 6130 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6131 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6132 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6133 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6134 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6135 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6136 } else { 6137 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6138 // argument list into our AST format. 6139 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6140 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6141 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6142 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6143 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6144 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6145 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6146 TemplateArgs); 6147 6148 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6149 6150 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6151 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6152 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6153 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6154 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6155 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6156 6157 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6158 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6159 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6160 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6161 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6162 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6163 // too few of them). 6164 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6165 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6166 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6167 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6168 "template<> "); 6169 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6170 } else { 6171 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6172 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6173 } 6174 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6175 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6176 // wrote something like: 6177 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6178 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6179 // friend void foo<>(int); 6180 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6181 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6182 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6183 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6184 } 6185 6186 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6187 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6188 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6189 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6190 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6191 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6192 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6193 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6194 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6195 InstantiationDependent))) { 6196 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6197 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6198 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6199 Previous)) 6200 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6201 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6202 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6203 && !isFriend) { 6204 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6205 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6206 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6207 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6208 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6209 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6210 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6211 Previous)) 6212 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6213 6214 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6215 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6216 // specialization (14.7.3) 6217 if (SC != SC_None) { 6218 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 6219 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6220 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6221 << SC 6222 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6223 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6224 6225 else 6226 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6227 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6228 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6229 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6230 } 6231 6232 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6233 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6234 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6235 } 6236 6237 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6238 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6239 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6240 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6241 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6242 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6243 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6244 } else { 6245 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6246 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6247 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6248 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6249 } 6250 } 6251 6252 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6253 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6254 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6255 6256 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6257 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6258 : NewFD); 6259 6260 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6261 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6262 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6263 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6264 6265 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6266 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6267 6268 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6269 } 6270 6271 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6272 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6273 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6274 6275 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6276 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6277 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6278 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6279 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6280 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6281 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6282 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6283 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6284 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6285 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6286 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6287 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6288 DC->isDependentContext()) 6289 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6290 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6291 } 6292 6293 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6294 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6295 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6296 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6297 AddToScope }; 6298 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6299 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6300 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6301 6302 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6303 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6304 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6305 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6306 6307 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6308 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6309 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6310 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6311 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6312 // can actually do this check immediately. 6313 if (isFriend && 6314 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6315 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6316 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6317 // ignore these 6318 } else { 6319 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6320 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6321 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6322 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6323 // 6324 // class X { 6325 // void f() const; 6326 // }; 6327 // 6328 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6329 // 6330 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6331 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6332 // whether the parameter types are references). 6333 6334 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6335 NewFD, 6336 ExtraArgs)) { 6337 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6338 return Result; 6339 } 6340 } 6341 6342 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6343 // to something. 6344 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6345 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6346 NewFD, 6347 ExtraArgs)) { 6348 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6349 return Result; 6350 } 6351 } 6352 6353 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6354 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6355 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6356 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6357 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6358 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6359 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6360 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6361 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6362 // generate them. 6363 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6364 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6365 } 6366 } 6367 6368 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6369 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6370 6371 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6372 6373 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6374 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6375 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6376 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6377 << NewFD; 6378 6379 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6380 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6381 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6382 EPI.Variadic = true; 6383 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6384 6385 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 6386 ArrayRef<QualType>(), 6387 EPI); 6388 NewFD->setType(R); 6389 } 6390 6391 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6392 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6393 if (NewFD->hasExternalLinkage() && !DC->isRecord()) 6394 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6395 6396 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6397 // marking the function. 6398 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6399 6400 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6401 // map of such names. 6402 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6403 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6404 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6405 6406 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6407 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6408 6409 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6410 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6411 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6412 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6413 return FunctionTemplate; 6414 } 6415 } 6416 6417 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6418 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6419 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6420 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6421 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6422 D.setInvalidType(); 6423 } 6424 6425 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6426 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6427 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6428 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6429 D.setInvalidType(); 6430 } 6431 6432 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6433 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6434 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6435 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6436 6437 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6438 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6439 // pointer to a pointer type. 6440 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6441 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6442 D.setInvalidType(); 6443 } 6444 6445 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6446 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6447 // of event_t type. 6448 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6449 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6450 D.setInvalidType(); 6451 } 6452 } 6453 } 6454 6455 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6456 6457 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6458 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6459 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6460 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6461 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6462 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6463 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6464 6465 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6466 } 6467 } 6468 6469 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6470 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6471 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6472 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6473 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6474 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6475 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6476 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6477 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6478 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6479 AddToScope = false; 6480 } 6481 6482 return NewFD; 6483} 6484 6485/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6486/// 6487/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6488/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6489/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6490/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6491/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6492/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6493/// via InstantiateDecl). 6494/// 6495/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6496/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6497/// 6498/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6499/// 6500/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6501bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6502 LookupResult &Previous, 6503 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6504 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6505 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6506 6507 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6508 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6509 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6510 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6511 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6512 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6513 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6514 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6515 } 6516 6517 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6518 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6519 6520 bool Redeclaration = false; 6521 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6522 6523 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6524 // the same name, if appropriate. 6525 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6526 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6527 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6528 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6529 // function to the scope. 6530 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6531 Redeclaration = true; 6532 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6533 } else { 6534 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6535 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6536 case Ovl_Match: 6537 Redeclaration = true; 6538 break; 6539 6540 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6541 Redeclaration = true; 6542 break; 6543 6544 case Ovl_Overload: 6545 Redeclaration = false; 6546 break; 6547 } 6548 6549 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6550 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6551 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6552 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6553 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6554 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6555 if (Redeclaration) 6556 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6557 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6558 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6559 if (OverloadedDecl) 6560 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6561 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6562 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6563 Context)); 6564 } 6565 } 6566 } 6567 6568 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6569 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6570 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6571 // 6572 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6573 // definition of a static member function. 6574 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6575 if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() && 6576 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6577 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6578 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6579 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6580 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6581 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6582 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6583 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6584 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6585 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6586 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6587 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6588 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6589 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6590 EPI)); 6591 } 6592 } 6593 6594 if (Redeclaration) { 6595 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6596 // merged. 6597 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6598 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6599 return Redeclaration; 6600 } 6601 6602 Previous.clear(); 6603 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6604 6605 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6606 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6607 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6608 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6609 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6610 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6611 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6612 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6613 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6614 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6615 } 6616 6617 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6618 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6619 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6620 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6621 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6622 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6623 } 6624 6625 } else { 6626 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6627 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6628 6629 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6630 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6631 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6632 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6633 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6634 6635 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6636 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6637 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6638 6639 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6640 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6641 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6642 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6643 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6644 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6645 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6646 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6647 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6648 } 6649 } 6650 } 6651 } 6652 } 6653 6654 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6655 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6656 // C++-specific checks. 6657 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6658 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6659 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6660 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6661 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6662 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6663 6664 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6665 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6666 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6667 DeclarationName Name 6668 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6669 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6670 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6671 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6672 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6673 return Redeclaration; 6674 } 6675 } 6676 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6677 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6678 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6679 } 6680 6681 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6682 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6683 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6684 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6685 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6686 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6687 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6688 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6689 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6690 } 6691 } 6692 } 6693 6694 if (Method->isStatic()) 6695 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6696 } 6697 6698 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6699 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6700 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6701 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6702 return Redeclaration; 6703 } 6704 6705 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6706 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6707 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6708 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6709 return Redeclaration; 6710 } 6711 6712 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6713 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6714 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6715 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6716 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6717 6718 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6719 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6720 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6721 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6722 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6723 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6724 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6725 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6726 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6727 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6728 } 6729 } 6730 6731 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6732 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6733 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6734 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6735 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6736 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6737 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6738 << NewFD << R; 6739 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6740 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6741 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6742 } 6743 } 6744 return Redeclaration; 6745} 6746 6747static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6748 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6749 if (!TSI) 6750 return SourceRange(); 6751 6752 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6753 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 6754 if (!FunctionTL) 6755 return SourceRange(); 6756 6757 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 6758 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 6759 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6760 6761 return SourceRange(); 6762} 6763 6764void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6765 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6766 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6767 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6768 // appear in a declaration of main. 6769 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6770 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6771 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6772 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6773 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6774 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6775 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6776 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6777 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6778 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6779 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6780 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6781 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6782 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6783 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6784 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6785 } 6786 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6787 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6788 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6789 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6790 } 6791 6792 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6793 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6794 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6795 6796 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6797 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6798 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6799 // set the flag which tells us that. 6800 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6801 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6802 6803 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6804 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6805 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6806 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6807 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6808 6809 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6810 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6811 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 6812 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6813 6814 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6815 } else { 6816 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6817 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6818 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 6819 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6820 else 6821 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6822 6823 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6824 } 6825 6826 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6827 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6828 6829 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6830 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6831 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6832 6833 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6834 6835 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6836 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6837 // getting shifty. 6838 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6839 HasExtraParameters = false; 6840 6841 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6842 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6843 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6844 nparams = 3; 6845 } 6846 6847 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6848 // if we had some location information about types. 6849 6850 QualType CharPP = 6851 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6852 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6853 6854 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6855 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6856 6857 bool mismatch = true; 6858 6859 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6860 mismatch = false; 6861 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6862 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6863 // char const ** 6864 // char const * const * 6865 // char * const * 6866 6867 QualifierCollector qs; 6868 const PointerType* PT; 6869 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6870 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6871 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 6872 Context.CharTy)) { 6873 qs.removeConst(); 6874 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6875 } 6876 } 6877 6878 if (mismatch) { 6879 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6880 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6881 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6882 } 6883 } 6884 6885 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6886 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6887 } 6888 6889 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6890 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6891 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6892 } 6893} 6894 6895bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6896 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6897 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6898 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6899 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6900 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6901 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6902 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6903 // rules there don't matter.) 6904 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6905 return false; 6906 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6907 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6908 return true; 6909} 6910 6911namespace { 6912 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6913 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6914 class SelfReferenceChecker 6915 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6916 Sema &S; 6917 Decl *OrigDecl; 6918 bool isRecordType; 6919 bool isPODType; 6920 bool isReferenceType; 6921 6922 public: 6923 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6924 6925 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6926 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6927 isPODType = false; 6928 isRecordType = false; 6929 isReferenceType = false; 6930 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6931 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6932 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6933 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6934 } 6935 } 6936 6937 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6938 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6939 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6940 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6941 if (isReferenceType) 6942 return; 6943 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6944 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6945 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6946 return; 6947 } 6948 6949 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6950 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6951 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6952 return; 6953 } 6954 6955 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6956 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6957 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6958 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6959 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6960 return; 6961 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6962 } 6963 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6964 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6965 return; 6966 } 6967 } 6968 6969 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6970 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6971 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6972 if (isReferenceType) 6973 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6974 } 6975 6976 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6977 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6978 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6979 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6980 6981 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6982 } 6983 6984 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6985 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6986 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6987 6988 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6989 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6990 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6991 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6992 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6993 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6994 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6995 Warn = false; 6996 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6997 } 6998 6999 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7000 if (Warn) 7001 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7002 return; 7003 } 7004 7005 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7006 // Visit that expression. 7007 Visit(Base); 7008 } 7009 7010 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7011 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7012 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7013 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7014 if (!isPODType) 7015 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7016 return; 7017 } 7018 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7019 } 7020 7021 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7022 7023 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7024 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7025 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7026 unsigned diag; 7027 if (isReferenceType) { 7028 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7029 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7030 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7031 } else { 7032 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7033 } 7034 7035 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7036 S.PDiag(diag) 7037 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7038 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7039 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7040 } 7041 }; 7042 7043 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7044 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7045 bool DirectInit) { 7046 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7047 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7048 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7049 return; 7050 7051 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7052 7053 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7054 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7055 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7056 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7057 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7058 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7059 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7060 return; 7061 7062 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7063 } 7064} 7065 7066/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7067/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7068/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7069void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7070 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7071 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7072 // the initializer. 7073 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7074 return; 7075 7076 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7077 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7078 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7079 // Thus this grotesque test. 7080 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7081 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7082 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7083 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7084 else { 7085 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7086 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7087 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7088 } 7089 return; 7090 } 7091 7092 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7093 if (!VDecl) { 7094 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7095 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7096 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7097 return; 7098 } 7099 7100 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7101 7102 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7103 AutoType *Auto = 0; 7104 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 7105 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 7106 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 7107 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7108 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7109 // contains exactly one expression. 7110 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7111 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7112 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7113 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7114 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7115 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7116 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7117 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7118 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7119 return; 7120 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7121 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7122 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7123 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7124 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7125 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7126 return; 7127 } else { 7128 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7129 } 7130 } 7131 7132 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7133 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7134 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7135 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7136 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7137 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7138 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7139 return; 7140 } 7141 Init = Result.take(); 7142 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7143 } 7144 7145 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 7146 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7147 DAR_Failed) 7148 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7149 if (!DeducedType) { 7150 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7151 return; 7152 } 7153 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 7154 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 7155 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 7156 7157 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7158 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7159 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7160 7161 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7162 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7163 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7164 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7165 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7166 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 7167 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7168 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7169 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7170 } 7171 7172 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7173 // the previously declared type. 7174 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7175 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 7176 } 7177 7178 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7179 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7180 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7181 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7182 return; 7183 } 7184 7185 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7186 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7187 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7188 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7189 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7190 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7191 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7192 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7193 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7194 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7195 return; 7196 } 7197 7198 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7199 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7200 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7201 AbstractVariableType)) 7202 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7203 } 7204 7205 const VarDecl *Def; 7206 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7207 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7208 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7209 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7210 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7211 return; 7212 } 7213 7214 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7215 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7216 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7217 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7218 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7219 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7220 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7221 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7222 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7223 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7224 // 7225 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7226 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7227 // declaration with an initializer. 7228 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7229 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7230 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7231 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7232 return; 7233 } 7234 7235 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7236 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7237 7238 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7239 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7240 return; 7241 } 7242 } 7243 7244 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7245 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7246 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7247 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7248 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7249 return; 7250 } 7251 7252 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7253 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7254 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7255 7256 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7257 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7258 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7259 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7260 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7261 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7262 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7263 return; 7264 } 7265 Init = Result.take(); 7266 } 7267 7268 // Perform the initialization. 7269 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7270 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7271 InitializationKind Kind 7272 = DirectInit ? 7273 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7274 Init->getLocStart(), 7275 Init->getLocEnd()) 7276 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7277 VDecl->getLocation()) 7278 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7279 Init->getLocStart()); 7280 7281 Expr **Args = &Init; 7282 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 7283 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7284 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 7285 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 7286 } 7287 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 7288 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 7289 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 7290 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7291 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7292 return; 7293 } 7294 7295 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7296 } 7297 7298 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7299 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7300 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7301 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7302 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7303 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7304 } 7305 7306 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7307 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7308 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7309 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7310 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7311 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7312 7313 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7314 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7315 7316 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7317 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7318 7319 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7320 // Although this code can still have problems: 7321 // id x = self.weakProp; 7322 // id y = self.weakProp; 7323 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7324 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7325 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7326 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7327 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7328 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7329 Init->getLocStart()); 7330 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7331 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7332 } 7333 } 7334 7335 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7336 // 7337 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7338 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7339 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7340 // 7341 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7342 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7343 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7344 // 7345 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7346 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7347 false, 7348 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7349 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7350 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7351 return; 7352 } 7353 Init = Result.take(); 7354 7355 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7356 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7357 7358 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7359 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7360 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7361 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7362 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7363 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7364 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7365 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7366 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7367 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7368 // 7369 // struct S { 7370 // static const int value = 17; 7371 // }; 7372 7373 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7374 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7375 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7376 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7377 // 7378 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7379 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7380 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7381 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7382 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7383 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7384 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7385 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7386 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7387 7388 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7389 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7390 7391 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7392 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7393 // type. 7394 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7395 7396 // Require constness. 7397 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7399 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7400 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7401 7402 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7403 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7404 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7405 SourceLocation Loc; 7406 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7407 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7408 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7409 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7410 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7411 ; // Nothing to check. 7412 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7413 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7414 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7415 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7416 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7417 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7418 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7419 } else { 7420 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7421 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7422 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7423 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7424 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7425 } 7426 7427 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7428 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7429 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7430 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7431 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7432 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7433 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7434 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7435 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7436 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7437 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7438 } else { 7439 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7440 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7441 7442 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7443 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7444 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7445 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7446 } 7447 } 7448 7449 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7450 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 7451 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7452 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7453 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7454 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7455 7456 } else { 7457 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7458 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7459 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7460 } 7461 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7462 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 7463 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7464 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 7465 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7466 7467 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7468 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7469 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7470 } 7471 7472 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7473 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7474 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7475 // 7476 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7477 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7478 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7479 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7480 // special case code. 7481 7482 // C++ 8.5p11: 7483 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7484 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7485 // class type. 7486 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7487 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7488 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7489 } else if (DirectInit) { 7490 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7491 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7492 } 7493 7494 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7495} 7496 7497/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7498/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7499/// of sanity. 7500void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7501 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7502 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7503 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7504 7505 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7506 if (!VD) return; 7507 7508 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7509 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7510 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7511 return; 7512 } 7513 7514 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7515 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7516 7517 // Require a complete type. 7518 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7519 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7520 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7521 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7522 return; 7523 } 7524 7525 // Require an abstract type. 7526 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7527 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7528 AbstractVariableType)) { 7529 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7530 return; 7531 } 7532 7533 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7534 // though. 7535} 7536 7537void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7538 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7539 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7540 if (RealDecl == 0) 7541 return; 7542 7543 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7544 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7545 7546 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7547 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7548 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7549 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7550 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7551 return; 7552 } 7553 7554 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7555 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7556 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7557 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7558 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7559 // member. 7560 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7561 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7562 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7563 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7564 << Var->getDeclName(); 7565 else 7566 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7567 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7568 return; 7569 } 7570 7571 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7572 case VarDecl::Definition: 7573 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7574 break; 7575 7576 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7577 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7578 // a declaration. 7579 // 7580 // Fall through 7581 7582 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7583 // It's only a declaration. 7584 7585 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7586 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7587 // object shall be complete. 7588 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7589 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7590 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7591 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7592 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7593 7594 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7595 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7596 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7597 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7598 AbstractVariableType)) 7599 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7600 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7601 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7602 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7603 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7604 } 7605 7606 return; 7607 7608 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7609 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7610 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7611 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7612 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7613 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7614 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7615 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7616 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7617 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7618 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7619 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7620 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7621 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7622 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7623 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7624 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7625 // NOTE: code such as the following 7626 // static struct s; 7627 // struct s { int a; }; 7628 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7629 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7630 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7631 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7632 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7633 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7634 } 7635 } 7636 7637 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7638 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7639 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7640 return; 7641 } 7642 7643 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7644 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7645 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7646 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7647 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7648 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7649 return; 7650 } 7651 7652 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7653 // definitions with reference type. 7654 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7655 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7656 << Var->getDeclName() 7657 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7658 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7659 return; 7660 } 7661 7662 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7663 // variable with dependent type. 7664 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7665 return; 7666 7667 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7668 return; 7669 7670 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7671 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7672 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7673 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7674 return; 7675 } 7676 7677 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7678 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7679 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7680 AbstractVariableType)) { 7681 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7682 return; 7683 } 7684 7685 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7686 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7687 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7688 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7689 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7690 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7691 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7692 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7693 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7694 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7695 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7696 if (const RecordType *Record 7697 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7698 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7699 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7700 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7701 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7702 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7703 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7704 } 7705 } 7706 7707 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7708 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7709 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7710 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7711 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7712 // type shall have a user-declared default 7713 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7714 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7715 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7716 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7717 // program is ill-formed. 7718 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7719 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7720 // default-initialized; [...]. 7721 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7722 InitializationKind Kind 7723 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7724 7725 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7726 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7727 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7728 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7729 else if (Init.get()) { 7730 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7731 // This is important for template substitution. 7732 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7733 } 7734 7735 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7736 } 7737} 7738 7739void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7740 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7741 if (!VD) { 7742 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7743 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7744 return; 7745 } 7746 7747 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7748 7749 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7750 int Error = -1; 7751 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7752 case SC_None: 7753 break; 7754 case SC_Extern: 7755 Error = 0; 7756 break; 7757 case SC_Static: 7758 Error = 1; 7759 break; 7760 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7761 Error = 2; 7762 break; 7763 case SC_Auto: 7764 Error = 3; 7765 break; 7766 case SC_Register: 7767 Error = 4; 7768 break; 7769 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7770 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7771 } 7772 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7773 Error = 5; 7774 if (Error != -1) { 7775 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7776 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7777 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7778 } 7779} 7780 7781void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7782 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7783 7784 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7785 // local retaining variable. 7786 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7787 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7788 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7789 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7790 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7791 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7792 break; 7793 7794 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7795 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7796 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7797 break; 7798 } 7799 } 7800 7801 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7802 var->hasExternalLinkage() && 7803 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7804 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7805 var->getLocation())) { 7806 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7807 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7808 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7809 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7810 7811 if (!prev) 7812 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7813 } 7814 7815 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7816 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7817 7818 QualType type = var->getType(); 7819 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7820 7821 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7822 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7823 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7824 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7825 7826 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7827 // constructing this copy. 7828 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7829 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7830 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7831 ExprResult result 7832 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 7833 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7834 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 7835 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7836 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7837 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7838 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7839 } 7840 } 7841 } 7842 7843 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7844 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7845 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7846 7847 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7848 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7849 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7850 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7851 var->getLocation()) 7852 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7853 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7854 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7855 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7856 7857 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7858 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7859 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7860 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7861 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7862 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7863 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7864 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7865 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7866 Notes.clear(); 7867 } 7868 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7869 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7870 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7871 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7872 } 7873 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7874 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7875 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7876 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7877 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7878 } 7879 } 7880 7881 // Require the destructor. 7882 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7883 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7884} 7885 7886/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7887/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7888void 7889Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7890 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7891 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7892 7893 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7894 if (!VD) 7895 return; 7896 7897 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 7898 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7899 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 7900 if (VD->hasExternalLinkage() && !DC->isRecord()) 7901 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 7902 7903 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7904 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7905 7906 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7907 // tag values. 7908 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7909 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7910 return; 7911 7912 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7913 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7914 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7915 I != E; ++I) { 7916 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7917 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7918 continue; 7919 } 7920 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7921 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7922 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7923 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7924 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7925 continue; 7926 } 7927 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7928 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7929 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7930 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7931 continue; 7932 } 7933 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7934 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7935 MagicValue, 7936 I->getMatchingCType(), 7937 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7938 I->getMustBeNull()); 7939 } 7940} 7941 7942Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7943Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7944 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7945 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7946 7947 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7948 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7949 7950 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7951 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7952 Decls.push_back(D); 7953 7954 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7955 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7956 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7957 7958 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7959 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7960} 7961 7962/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7963/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7964Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7965Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7966 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7967 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7968 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7969 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7970 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7971 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7972 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7973 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7974 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7975 QualType Deduced; 7976 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7977 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7978 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7979 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7980 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7981 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7982 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7983 break; 7984 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7985 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7986 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7987 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7988 Deduced = U; 7989 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7990 DeducedDecl = D; 7991 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7992 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7993 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7994 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7995 << U << D->getDeclName() 7996 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7997 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7998 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7999 break; 8000 } 8001 } 8002 } 8003 } 8004 } 8005 8006 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8007 8008 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8009} 8010 8011void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8012 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8013} 8014 8015void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8016 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8017 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8018 return; 8019 8020 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8021 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8022 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8023 return; 8024 8025 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8026 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8027 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8028 // additional declaration references: 8029 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8030 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8031 // 'struct S *pS;' 8032 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8033 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8034 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8035 Group++; 8036 NumDecls--; 8037 } 8038 } 8039 8040 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8041 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8042 if (!Comments.empty() && 8043 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8044 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8045 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8046 // 8047 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8048 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8049 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8050 // ahead through comments. 8051 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8052 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8053 } 8054} 8055 8056/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8057/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8058Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8059 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8060 8061 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8062 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8063 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8064 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 8065 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8066 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8067 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 8068 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8069 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8070 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8071 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 8072 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8073 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8074 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8075 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8076 } 8077 8078 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8079 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8080 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8082 << 0; 8083 8084 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8085 8086 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8087 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8088 8089 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8090 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8091 // parameter. 8092 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8093 8094 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8095 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8096 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8097 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8098 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8099 } 8100 } 8101 8102 // Ensure we have a valid name 8103 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8104 if (D.hasName()) { 8105 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8106 if (!II) { 8107 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8108 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8109 D.setInvalidType(true); 8110 } 8111 } 8112 8113 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8114 if (II) { 8115 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8116 ForRedeclaration); 8117 LookupName(R, S); 8118 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8119 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8120 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8121 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8122 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8123 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8124 PrevDecl = 0; 8125 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8126 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8127 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8128 8129 // Recover by removing the name 8130 II = 0; 8131 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8132 D.setInvalidType(true); 8133 } 8134 } 8135 } 8136 8137 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8138 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8139 // looking like class members in C++. 8140 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8141 D.getLocStart(), 8142 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8143 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8144 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 8145 8146 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8147 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8148 8149 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8150 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8151 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8152 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8153 8154 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8155 S->AddDecl(New); 8156 if (II) 8157 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8158 8159 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8160 8161 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8162 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8163 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8164 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8165 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8166 8167 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8169 } 8170 return New; 8171} 8172 8173/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8174/// typedef. 8175ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8176 SourceLocation Loc, 8177 QualType T) { 8178 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8179 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8180 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8181 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8182 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8183 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 8184 Param->setImplicit(); 8185 return Param; 8186} 8187 8188void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8189 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8190 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8191 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8192 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8193 return; 8194 8195 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8196 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8197 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8198 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8199 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8200 } 8201 } 8202} 8203 8204void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8205 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8206 QualType ReturnTy, 8207 NamedDecl *D) { 8208 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8209 return; 8210 8211 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8212 // threshold. 8213 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8214 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8215 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8216 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8217 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8218 } 8219 8220 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8221 // threshold. 8222 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8223 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8224 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8225 continue; 8226 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8227 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8228 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8229 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8230 } 8231} 8232 8233ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8234 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8235 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8236 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 8237 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 8238 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8239 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8240 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8241 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8242 8243 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8244 8245 // Special cases for arrays: 8246 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8247 // - otherwise, it's an error 8248 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8249 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8250 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8251 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8252 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8253 } 8254 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8255 } else { 8256 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8257 } 8258 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8259 } 8260 8261 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8262 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8263 TSInfo, 8264 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 8265 0); 8266 8267 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8268 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8269 // the class has been completely parsed. 8270 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8271 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8272 AbstractParamType)) 8273 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8274 8275 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8276 // passed by reference. 8277 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8278 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8279 Diag(NameLoc, 8280 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8281 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8282 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8283 New->setType(T); 8284 } 8285 8286 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8287 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8288 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8289 // an address space. 8290 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8291 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8292 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8293 } 8294 8295 return New; 8296} 8297 8298void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8299 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8300 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8301 8302 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8303 // for a K&R function. 8304 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8305 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8306 --i; 8307 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8308 SmallString<256> Code; 8309 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8310 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8311 << ";\n"; 8312 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8313 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8314 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8315 8316 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8317 // type. 8318 AttributeFactory attrs; 8319 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8320 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8321 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8322 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8323 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8324 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8325 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8326 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8327 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8328 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8329 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8330 } 8331 } 8332 } 8333} 8334 8335Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8336 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8337 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8338 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8339 8340 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8341 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8342 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8343} 8344 8345static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8346 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8347 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8348 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8349 return false; 8350 8351 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8352 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8353 return false; 8354 8355 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8356 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8357 return false; 8358 8359 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8360 if (FD->isMain()) 8361 return false; 8362 8363 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8364 if (FD->isInlined()) 8365 return false; 8366 8367 // Don't warn about function templates. 8368 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8369 return false; 8370 8371 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8372 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8373 return false; 8374 8375 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8376 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8377 return false; 8378 8379 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8380 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8381 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8382 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8383 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8384 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8385 continue; 8386 8387 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8388 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8389 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8390 break; 8391 } 8392 8393 return MissingPrototype; 8394} 8395 8396void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8397 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8398 // was an extern inline function. 8399 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8400 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8401 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8402 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8403 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8404 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8405 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8406 else 8407 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8408 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8409 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8410 } 8411} 8412 8413Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8414 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8415 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8416 8417 if (!D) 8418 return D; 8419 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8420 8421 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8422 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8423 else 8424 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8425 8426 // Enter a new function scope 8427 PushFunctionScope(); 8428 8429 // See if this is a redefinition. 8430 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8431 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8432 8433 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8434 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8435 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8436 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8437 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8438 } 8439 } 8440 8441 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8442 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8443 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8444 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8445 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8446 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8447 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8448 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8449 8450 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8451 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8452 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8453 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8454 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8455 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8456 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8457 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8458 8459 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8460 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8461 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8462 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8463 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8464 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8465 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8466 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8467 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8468 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8469 } 8470 } 8471 8472 if (FnBodyScope) 8473 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8474 8475 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8476 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8477 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8478 8479 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8480 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8481 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8482 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8483 8484 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8485 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8486 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8487 8488 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8489 } 8490 } 8491 8492 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8493 // introduce them into the function scope. 8494 if (FnBodyScope) { 8495 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8496 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8497 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8498 8499 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8500 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8501 // and reattach to the current context. 8502 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8503 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8504 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8505 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8506 if (*DI == D) { 8507 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8508 break; 8509 } 8510 } 8511 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8512 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8513 } 8514 8515 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8516 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8517 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8518 8519 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8520 // accessible in this scope. 8521 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8522 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8523 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8524 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8525 } 8526 } 8527 } 8528 8529 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8530 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8531 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8532 8533 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8534 // dllimport attribute. 8535 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8536 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8537 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8538 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8539 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8540 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8542 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8543 << "dllimport"; 8544 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8545 return D; 8546 } 8547 8548 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8549 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8550 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8551 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8552 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8553 // emitted. 8554 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8555 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8556 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8557 } 8558 } 8559 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8560 // a function template). 8561 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8562 return D; 8563} 8564 8565/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8566/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8567/// optimization. 8568/// 8569/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8570/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8571/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8572/// use the named return value optimization. 8573/// 8574/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8575/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8576/// the NRVO variable. 8577/// 8578/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8579/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8580/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8581void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8582 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8583 8584 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8585 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8586 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8587 return; 8588 8589 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8590 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8591 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8592 return; 8593 } 8594 8595 if (NRVOCandidate) 8596 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8597} 8598 8599bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8600 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8601 return false; 8602 8603 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8604 return true; 8605 8606 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8607 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8608 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8609 else 8610 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8611 8612 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8613 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8614 // rest of the file. 8615 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8616} 8617 8618Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8619 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8620 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8621 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8622 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8623 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8624} 8625 8626Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8627 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8628} 8629 8630Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8631 bool IsInstantiation) { 8632 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8633 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8634 if (FunTmpl) 8635 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8636 else 8637 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8638 8639 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8640 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8641 8642 if (FD) { 8643 FD->setBody(Body); 8644 8645 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8646 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8647 // is the first declaration. 8648 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8649 if (FD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 8650 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8651 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8652 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8653 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8654 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8655 } 8656 8657 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8658 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8659 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8660 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8661 8662 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8663 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8664 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8665 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8666 8667 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8668 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8669 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8670 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8671 8672 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8673 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8674 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8675 8676 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8677 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8678 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8680 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8681 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8682 } 8683 8684 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8685 "Function parsing confused"); 8686 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8687 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8688 MD->setBody(Body); 8689 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8690 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8691 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8692 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8693 8694 if (Body) 8695 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8696 } 8697 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8698 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8699 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8700 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8701 } 8702 } else { 8703 return 0; 8704 } 8705 8706 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8707 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8708 "handled in the block above."); 8709 8710 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8711 if (Body) { 8712 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8713 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8714 // Verify this. 8715 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8716 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8717 8718 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8719 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8720 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8721 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8722 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8723 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8724 8725 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8726 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8727 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8728 8729 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8730 Destructor->getParent()); 8731 } 8732 8733 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8734 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8735 // deletion in some later function. 8736 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8737 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8738 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8739 } 8740 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8741 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8742 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8743 // enabled. 8744 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8745 } 8746 8747 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8748 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8749 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8750 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8751 8752 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8753 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8754 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8755 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8756 } 8757 8758 if (!IsInstantiation) 8759 PopDeclContext(); 8760 8761 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8762 8763 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8764 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8765 // deletion in some later function. 8766 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8767 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8768 } 8769 8770 return dcl; 8771} 8772 8773 8774/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8775/// relevant Decl. 8776void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8777 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8778 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8779 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8780 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8781 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8782 8783 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8784 if (Method->isStatic()) 8785 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8786} 8787 8788 8789/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8790/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8791NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8792 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8793 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8794 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8795 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8796 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8797 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8798 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8799 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8800 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8801 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8802 return Pos->second; 8803 } 8804 8805 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8806 unsigned diag_id; 8807 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8808 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8809 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8810 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8811 else 8812 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8813 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8814 8815 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8816 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8817 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8818 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8819 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8820 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8821 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8822 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8823 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8824 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8825 8826 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8827 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8828 8829 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8830 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8831 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8832 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8833 } 8834 } 8835 8836 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8837 const char *Dummy; 8838 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8839 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8840 unsigned DiagID; 8841 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8842 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8843 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8844 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8845 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8846 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8847 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8848 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8849 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8850 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8851 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8852 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8853 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8854 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8855 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8856 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8857 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8858 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8859 EST_None, 8860 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8861 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8862 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8863 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8864 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8865 Loc, Loc, D), 8866 DS.getAttributes(), 8867 SourceLocation()); 8868 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8869 8870 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8871 8872 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8873 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8874 8875 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8876 FD->setImplicit(); 8877 8878 CurContext = PrevDC; 8879 8880 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8881 8882 return FD; 8883} 8884 8885/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8886/// the declaration of this function. 8887/// 8888/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8889/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8890/// like NSLog or printf. 8891/// 8892/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8893/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8894void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8895 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8896 return; 8897 8898 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8899 // actual attributes. 8900 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8901 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8902 unsigned FormatIdx; 8903 bool HasVAListArg; 8904 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8905 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8906 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8907 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8908 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8909 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8910 fmt = "NSString"; 8911 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8912 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8913 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8914 } 8915 } 8916 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8917 HasVAListArg)) { 8918 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8919 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8920 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8921 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8922 } 8923 8924 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8925 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8926 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8927 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8928 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8929 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8930 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8931 } 8932 8933 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8934 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8935 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8936 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8937 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8938 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8939 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8940 } 8941 8942 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8943 if (!Name) 8944 return; 8945 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8946 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8947 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8948 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8949 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8950 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8951 // about. 8952 } else 8953 return; 8954 8955 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8956 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8957 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8958 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8959 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8960 "printf", 2, 8961 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8962 } 8963 8964 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8965 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8966 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8967 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8968 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8969 } 8970} 8971 8972TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8973 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8974 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8975 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8976 8977 if (!TInfo) { 8978 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8979 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8980 } 8981 8982 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8983 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8984 D.getLocStart(), 8985 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8986 D.getIdentifier(), 8987 TInfo); 8988 8989 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8990 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8991 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8992 return NewTD; 8993 } 8994 8995 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8996 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8997 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8998 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8999 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9000 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9001 else 9002 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9003 } 9004 9005 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9006 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9007 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9008 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9009 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9010 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9011 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9012 case TST_enum: 9013 case TST_struct: 9014 case TST_interface: 9015 case TST_union: 9016 case TST_class: { 9017 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9018 9019 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9020 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9021 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9022 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9023 9024 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9025 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9026 9027 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9028 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9029 break; 9030 9031 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9032 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9033 break; 9034 } 9035 9036 default: 9037 break; 9038 } 9039 9040 return NewTD; 9041} 9042 9043 9044/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9045bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9046 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9047 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9048 9049 if (T->isDependentType()) 9050 return false; 9051 9052 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9053 if (BT->isInteger()) 9054 return false; 9055 9056 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9057 return true; 9058} 9059 9060/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9061/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9062bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9063 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9064 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9065 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9066 9067 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9068 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9069 << Prev->isScoped(); 9070 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9071 return true; 9072 } 9073 9074 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9075 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9076 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9077 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9078 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9079 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9080 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9081 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9082 return true; 9083 } 9084 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9085 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9086 << Prev->isFixed(); 9087 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9088 return true; 9089 } 9090 9091 return false; 9092} 9093 9094/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9095/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9096/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9097/// 9098/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9099static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9100 switch (Tag) { 9101 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9102 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9103 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9104 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9105 } 9106} 9107 9108/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9109/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9110/// 9111/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9112static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9113{ 9114 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9115} 9116 9117/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9118/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9119/// 9120/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9121bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9122 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9123 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9124 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9125 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9126 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9127 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9128 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9129 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9130 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9131 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9132 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9133 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9134 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9135 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9136 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9137 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9138 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9139 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9140 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9141 return true; 9142 9143 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9144 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9145 bool isTemplate = false; 9146 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9147 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9148 9149 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9150 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9151 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9152 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9153 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9154 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9155 return true; 9156 } 9157 9158 if (isDefinition) { 9159 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9160 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9161 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9162 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9163 return true; 9164 } 9165 9166 bool previousMismatch = false; 9167 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9168 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9169 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9170 if (!previousMismatch) { 9171 previousMismatch = true; 9172 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9173 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9174 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9175 } 9176 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9177 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9178 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9179 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9180 } 9181 } 9182 return true; 9183 } 9184 9185 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9186 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9187 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9188 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9189 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9190 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9191 return true; 9192 } 9193 9194 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9195 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9196 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9197 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9198 9199 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9200 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9201 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9202 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9203 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9204 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9205 } 9206 9207 return true; 9208 } 9209 return false; 9210} 9211 9212/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9213/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9214/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9215/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9216Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9217 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9218 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9219 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9220 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9221 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9222 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9223 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9224 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9225 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9226 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9227 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9228 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9229 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9230 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9231 9232 OwnedDecl = false; 9233 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9234 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9235 9236 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9237 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9238 bool Invalid = false; 9239 9240 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9241 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9242 // for non-C++ cases. 9243 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9244 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9245 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9246 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9247 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9248 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9249 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9250 isExplicitSpecialization, 9251 Invalid)) { 9252 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9253 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9254 // be a member of another template). 9255 9256 if (Invalid) 9257 return 0; 9258 9259 OwnedDecl = false; 9260 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9261 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9262 TemplateParams, AS, 9263 ModulePrivateLoc, 9264 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9265 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9266 return Result.get(); 9267 } else { 9268 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9269 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9270 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9271 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9272 } 9273 } 9274 } 9275 9276 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9277 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9278 // redeclaration. 9279 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9280 9281 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9282 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9283 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9284 // type, default to int. 9285 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9286 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9287 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9288 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9289 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9290 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9291 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9292 9293 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9294 // Recover by falling back to int. 9295 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9296 9297 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9298 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9299 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9300 9301 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9302 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9303 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9304 } 9305 9306 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9307 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9308 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9309 9310 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9311 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9312 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9313 9314 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9315 9316 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9317 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9318 9319 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9320 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9321 Name = 0; 9322 goto CreateNewDecl; 9323 } 9324 9325 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9326 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9327 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9328 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9329 if (!DC) { 9330 IsDependent = true; 9331 return 0; 9332 } 9333 } else { 9334 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9335 if (!DC) { 9336 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9337 << SS.getRange(); 9338 return 0; 9339 } 9340 } 9341 9342 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9343 return 0; 9344 9345 SearchDC = DC; 9346 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9347 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9348 9349 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9350 return 0; 9351 9352 if (Previous.empty()) { 9353 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9354 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9355 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9356 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9357 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9358 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9359 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9360 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9361 IsDependent = true; 9362 return 0; 9363 } 9364 9365 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9366 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9367 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9368 Name = 0; 9369 Invalid = true; 9370 goto CreateNewDecl; 9371 } 9372 } else if (Name) { 9373 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9374 // declaration or definition. 9375 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9376 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9377 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9378 LookupName(Previous, S); 9379 9380 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9381 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9382 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9383 while (F.hasNext()) { 9384 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9385 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9386 F.erase(); 9387 } 9388 F.done(); 9389 } 9390 9391 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9392 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9393 return 0; 9394 9395 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9396 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9397 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9398 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9399 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9400 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9401 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9402 } 9403 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9404 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9405 // initial context to the translation unit. 9406 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9407 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9408 } 9409 9410 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9411 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9412 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9413 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9414 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9415 Previous.clear(); 9416 } 9417 9418 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9419 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9420 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9421 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9422 9423 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9424 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9425 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9426 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9427 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9428 } 9429 } 9430 9431 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9432 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9433 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9434 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9435 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9436 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9437 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9438 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9439 9440 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9441 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9442 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9443 // 9444 // class-key identifier 9445 // 9446 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9447 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9448 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9449 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9450 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9451 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9452 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9453 // declaration. 9454 // 9455 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9456 // C structs and unions. 9457 // 9458 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9459 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9460 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9461 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9462 // 9463 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9464 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9465 // 9466 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9467 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9468 // lexical context, 9469 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9470 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9471 9472 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9473 while (S->isClassScope() || 9474 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9475 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9476 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9477 (S->getEntity() && 9478 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9479 S = S->getParent(); 9480 } else { 9481 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9482 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9483 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9484 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9485 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9486 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9487 } 9488 9489 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9490 // diagnose some problems. 9491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9492 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9493 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9494 } 9495 } 9496 9497 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9498 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9499 9500 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9501 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9502 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9503 // in C++. 9504 // 9505 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9506 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9507 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9508 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9509 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9510 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9511 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9512 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9513 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9514 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9515 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9516 PrevDecl = Tag; 9517 Previous.clear(); 9518 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9519 Previous.resolveKind(); 9520 } 9521 } 9522 } 9523 } 9524 9525 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9526 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9527 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9528 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9529 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9530 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9531 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9532 // struct or something similar. 9533 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9534 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9535 *Name)) { 9536 bool SafeToContinue 9537 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9538 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9539 if (SafeToContinue) 9540 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9541 << Name 9542 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9543 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9544 else 9545 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9546 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9547 9548 if (SafeToContinue) 9549 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9550 else { 9551 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9552 Name = 0; 9553 Previous.clear(); 9554 Invalid = true; 9555 } 9556 } 9557 9558 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9559 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9560 9561 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9562 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9563 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9564 if (ScopedEnum) 9565 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9566 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9567 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9568 return PrevTagDecl; 9569 } 9570 9571 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9572 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9573 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9574 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9575 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9576 9577 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9578 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9579 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9580 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9581 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9582 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9583 } 9584 9585 if (!Invalid) { 9586 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9587 9588 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9589 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9590 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9591 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9592 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9593 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9594 return PrevTagDecl; 9595 9596 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9597 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9598 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9599 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9600 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9601 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9602 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9603 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9604 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9605 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9606 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9607 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9608 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9609 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9610 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9611 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9612 } 9613 9614 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9615 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9616 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9617 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9618 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9619 else 9620 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9621 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9622 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9623 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9624 // references get the previous definition. 9625 Name = 0; 9626 Previous.clear(); 9627 Invalid = true; 9628 } 9629 } else { 9630 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9631 // about a nested redefinition. 9632 const TagType *Tag 9633 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9634 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9635 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9636 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9637 diag::note_previous_definition); 9638 Name = 0; 9639 Previous.clear(); 9640 Invalid = true; 9641 } 9642 } 9643 9644 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9645 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9646 } 9647 } 9648 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9649 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9650 9651 } else { 9652 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9653 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9654 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9655 // have distinct types. 9656 Previous.clear(); 9657 } 9658 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9659 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9660 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9661 9662 9663 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9664 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9665 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9666 } else { 9667 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9668 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9669 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9670 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9671 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9672 unsigned Kind = 0; 9673 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9674 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9675 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9676 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9677 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9678 Invalid = true; 9679 9680 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9681 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9682 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9683 // do nothing 9684 9685 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9686 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9687 unsigned Kind = 0; 9688 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9689 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9690 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9691 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9692 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9693 Invalid = true; 9694 9695 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9696 // case here. 9697 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9698 unsigned Kind = 0; 9699 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9700 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9701 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9702 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9703 Invalid = true; 9704 9705 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9706 } else { 9707 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9708 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9709 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9710 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9711 Name = 0; 9712 Invalid = true; 9713 } 9714 9715 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9716 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9717 Previous.clear(); 9718 } 9719 } 9720 9721CreateNewDecl: 9722 9723 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9724 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9725 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9726 9727 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9728 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9729 // keyword. 9730 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9731 9732 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9733 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9734 // PrevDecl. 9735 TagDecl *New; 9736 9737 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9738 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9739 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9740 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9741 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9742 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9743 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9744 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9745 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9746 TagDecl *Def; 9747 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9748 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9749 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9750 } 9751 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9752 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9753 << New; 9754 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9755 } else { 9756 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9757 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9758 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9759 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9760 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9761 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9762 9763 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9764 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9765 // the declaration context. 9766 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9767 IsForwardReference = true; 9768 } 9769 } 9770 9771 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9772 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9773 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9774 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9775 else 9776 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9777 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9778 } 9779 9780 } else { 9781 // struct/union/class 9782 9783 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9784 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9785 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9786 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9787 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9788 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9789 9790 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9791 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9792 } else 9793 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9794 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9795 } 9796 9797 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9798 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9799 if (SS.isSet()) { 9800 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9801 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9802 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9803 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9804 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9805 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9806 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9807 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9808 Invalid = true; 9809 9810 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9811 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9812 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9813 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9814 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9815 } 9816 } 9817 else 9818 Invalid = true; 9819 } 9820 9821 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9822 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9823 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9824 // 9825 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9826 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9827 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9828 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9829 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9830 // parsing of the struct). 9831 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9832 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9833 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9834 } 9835 } 9836 9837 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9838 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9839 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9840 << 2 9841 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9842 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9843 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9844 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9845 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9846 New->setModulePrivate(); 9847 } 9848 9849 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9850 // check the specialization. 9851 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9852 Invalid = true; 9853 9854 if (Invalid) 9855 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9856 9857 if (Attr) 9858 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9859 9860 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9861 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9862 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9863 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9864 9865 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9866 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9867 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9868 9869 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9870 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9871 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9872 // the tag name visible. 9873 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9874 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9875 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9876 9877 // Set the access specifier. 9878 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9879 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9880 9881 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9882 New->startDefinition(); 9883 9884 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9885 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9886 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9887 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9888 if (PrevDecl) 9889 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9890 9891 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9892 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9893 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9894 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9895 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9896 } else if (Name) { 9897 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9898 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9899 if (IsForwardReference) 9900 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9901 9902 } else { 9903 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9904 } 9905 9906 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9907 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9908 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9909 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9910 II->isStr("FILE")) 9911 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9912 9913 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9914 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9915 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9916 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9917 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9918 9919 if (PrevDecl) 9920 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9921 9922 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9923 // record. 9924 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9925 9926 OwnedDecl = true; 9927 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9928 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9929 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9930} 9931 9932void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9933 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9934 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9935 9936 // Enter the tag context. 9937 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9938 9939 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9940 9941 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9942 // record. 9943 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9944} 9945 9946Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9947 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9948 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9949 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9950 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9951 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9952 CurContext = OCD; 9953 return IDecl; 9954} 9955 9956void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9957 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9958 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9959 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9960 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9961 9962 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9963 9964 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9965 return; 9966 9967 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9968 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9969 9970 // C++ [class]p2: 9971 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9972 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9973 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9974 // as if it were a public member name. 9975 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9976 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9977 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9978 Record->getIdentifier(), 9979 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9980 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9981 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9982 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9983 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9984 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9985 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9986 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9987 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9988 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9989} 9990 9991void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9992 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9993 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9994 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9995 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9996 9997 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9998 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9999 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10000 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10001 RD->completeDefinition(); 10002 } 10003 10004 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10005 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10006 10007 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10008 PopDeclContext(); 10009 10010 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10011 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10012 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10013 10014 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10015 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10016} 10017 10018void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10019 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10020 PopDeclContext(); 10021} 10022 10023void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10024 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10025 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10026 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10027} 10028 10029void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10030 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10031 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10032} 10033 10034void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10035 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10036 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10037 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10038 10039 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10040 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10041 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10042 RD->completeDefinition(); 10043 } 10044 10045 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10046 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10047 // the FieldCollector. 10048 10049 PopDeclContext(); 10050} 10051 10052// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10053ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10054 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10055 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10056 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10057 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10058 if (ZeroWidth) 10059 *ZeroWidth = true; 10060 10061 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10062 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10063 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10064 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10065 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10066 return ExprError(); 10067 if (FieldName) 10068 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10069 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10070 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10071 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10072 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10073 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10074 return ExprError(); 10075 10076 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10077 // it now. 10078 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10079 return Owned(BitWidth); 10080 10081 llvm::APSInt Value; 10082 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10083 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10084 return ICE; 10085 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10086 10087 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10088 *ZeroWidth = false; 10089 10090 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10091 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10092 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10093 10094 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10095 if (FieldName) 10096 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10097 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10098 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10099 << Value.toString(10); 10100 } 10101 10102 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10103 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10104 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10105 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10106 if (FieldName) 10107 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10108 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10109 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10110 10111 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10112 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10113 } 10114 10115 if (FieldName) 10116 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10117 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10118 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10119 else 10120 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10121 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10122 } 10123 } 10124 10125 return Owned(BitWidth); 10126} 10127 10128/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10129/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10130Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10131 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10132 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10133 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10134 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10135 return Res; 10136} 10137 10138/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10139/// 10140FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10141 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10142 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10143 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10144 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10145 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10146 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10147 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10148 10149 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10150 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10151 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10152 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10153 10154 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10155 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10156 D.setInvalidType(); 10157 T = Context.IntTy; 10158 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10159 } 10160 } 10161 10162 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10163 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10164 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10165 D.setInvalidType(); 10166 } 10167 10168 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10169 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10170 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10172 D.setInvalidType(); 10173 } 10174 10175 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 10176 10177 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 10178 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 10179 10180 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10181 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10182 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10183 LookupName(Previous, S); 10184 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10185 case LookupResult::Found: 10186 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10187 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10188 break; 10189 10190 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10191 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10192 break; 10193 10194 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10195 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10196 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10197 break; 10198 } 10199 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10200 10201 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10202 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10203 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10204 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10205 PrevDecl = 0; 10206 } 10207 10208 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10209 PrevDecl = 0; 10210 10211 bool Mutable 10212 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10213 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10214 FieldDecl *NewFD 10215 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10216 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10217 10218 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10219 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10220 10221 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10222 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10223 10224 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10225 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10226 // with the same name in the same scope. 10227 } else if (II) { 10228 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10229 } else 10230 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10231 10232 return NewFD; 10233} 10234 10235/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10236/// 10237/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10238/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10239/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10240/// created. 10241/// 10242/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10243/// 10244/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10245FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10246 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10247 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10248 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10249 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10250 SourceLocation TSSL, 10251 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10252 Declarator *D) { 10253 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10254 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10255 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10256 10257 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10258 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10259 if (T.isNull()) { 10260 InvalidDecl = true; 10261 T = Context.IntTy; 10262 } 10263 10264 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10265 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10266 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10267 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10268 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10269 InvalidDecl = true; 10270 } else { 10271 NamedDecl *Def; 10272 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10273 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10274 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10275 InvalidDecl = true; 10276 } 10277 } 10278 } 10279 10280 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10281 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10283 InvalidDecl = true; 10284 } 10285 10286 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10287 // than a variably modified type. 10288 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10289 bool SizeIsNegative; 10290 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10291 10292 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10293 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10294 SizeIsNegative, 10295 Oversized); 10296 if (FixedTInfo) { 10297 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10298 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10299 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10300 } else { 10301 if (SizeIsNegative) 10302 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10303 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10305 << Oversized.toString(10); 10306 else 10307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10308 InvalidDecl = true; 10309 } 10310 } 10311 10312 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10313 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10314 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10315 AbstractFieldType)) 10316 InvalidDecl = true; 10317 10318 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10319 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10320 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10321 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10322 if (!BitWidth) { 10323 InvalidDecl = true; 10324 BitWidth = 0; 10325 ZeroWidth = false; 10326 } 10327 } 10328 10329 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10330 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10331 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10332 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10333 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10334 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10335 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10336 10337 if (DiagID) { 10338 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10339 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10340 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10341 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10342 Mutable = false; 10343 InvalidDecl = true; 10344 } 10345 } 10346 10347 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10348 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10349 if (InvalidDecl) 10350 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10351 10352 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10354 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10355 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10356 } 10357 10358 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10359 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10360 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10361 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10362 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10363 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10364 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10365 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10366 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10367 // objects. 10368 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10369 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10370 } 10371 } 10372 10373 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10374 // the program is ill-formed. 10375 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10376 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10377 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10378 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10379 } 10380 } 10381 } 10382 10383 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10384 // representation, not a parser representation. 10385 if (D) { 10386 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 10387 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 10388 10389 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10390 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10391 } 10392 10393 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10394 // retainable type. 10395 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10396 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10397 10398 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10399 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10400 10401 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10402 return NewFD; 10403} 10404 10405bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10406 assert(FD); 10407 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10408 10409 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10410 return true; 10411 10412 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10413 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10414 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10415 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10416 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10417 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10418 // copy constructors. 10419 10420 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10421 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10422 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10423 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10424 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10425 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10426 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10427 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10428 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10429 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10430 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10431 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10432 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10433 member = CXXDestructor; 10434 10435 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10436 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10437 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10438 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10439 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10440 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10441 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10442 // members unavailable. 10443 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10444 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10445 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10446 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10447 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10448 return false; 10449 } 10450 } 10451 10452 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10453 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10454 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10455 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10456 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10457 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10458 } 10459 } 10460 } 10461 10462 return false; 10463} 10464 10465/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10466/// AST enum value. 10467static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10468TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10469 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10470 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10471 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10472 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10473 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10474 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10475 } 10476} 10477 10478/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10479/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10480Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10481 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10482 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10483 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10484 10485 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10486 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10487 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10488 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10489 10490 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10491 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10492 10493 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10494 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10495 10496 if (BitWidth) { 10497 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10498 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10499 if (!BitWidth) 10500 D.setInvalidType(); 10501 } else { 10502 // Not a bitfield. 10503 10504 // validate II. 10505 10506 } 10507 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10509 D.setInvalidType(); 10510 } 10511 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10512 // than a variably modified type. 10513 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10514 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10515 D.setInvalidType(); 10516 } 10517 10518 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10519 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10520 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10521 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10522 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10523 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10524 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10525 return 0; 10526 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10527 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10528 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10529 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10530 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10531 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10532 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10533 } 10534 else 10535 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10536 } else { 10537 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10538 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10539 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10540 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10541 return 0; 10542 } 10543 } 10544 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10545 } 10546 10547 // Construct the decl. 10548 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10549 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10550 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10551 10552 if (II) { 10553 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10554 ForRedeclaration); 10555 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10556 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10557 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10558 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10559 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10560 } 10561 } 10562 10563 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10564 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10565 10566 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10567 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10568 10569 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10570 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10571 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10572 10573 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10574 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10575 10576 if (II) { 10577 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10578 // these to the interface. 10579 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10580 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10581 } 10582 10583 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10584 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10585 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10586 10587 return NewID; 10588} 10589 10590/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10591/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10592/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10593/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10594void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10595 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10596 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10597 return; 10598 10599 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10600 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10601 10602 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10603 return; 10604 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10605 if (!ID) { 10606 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10607 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10608 return; 10609 } 10610 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10611 else 10612 return; 10613 } 10614 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10615 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10616 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10617 10618 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10619 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10620 Context.CharTy, 10621 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10622 DeclLoc), 10623 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10624 true); 10625 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10626} 10627 10628void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10629 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10630 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10631 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10632 AttributeList *Attr) { 10633 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10634 10635 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10636 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10637 // it will now change. 10638 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10639 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10640 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10641 default: break; 10642 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10643 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10644 break; 10645 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10646 Context. 10647 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10648 break; 10649 } 10650 } 10651 10652 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10653 10654 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10655 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10656 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10657 if (Record) { 10658 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10659 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10660 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10661 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10662 ++NumNamedMembers; 10663 } 10664 } 10665 10666 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10667 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10668 10669 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10670 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10671 i != end; ++i) { 10672 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10673 10674 // Get the type for the field. 10675 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10676 10677 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10678 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10679 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10680 } 10681 10682 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10683 // diagnostics about it. 10684 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10685 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10686 continue; 10687 } 10688 10689 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10690 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10691 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10692 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10693 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10694 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10695 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10696 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10697 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10698 // array. 10699 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10700 // Field declared as a function. 10701 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10702 << FD->getDeclName(); 10703 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10704 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10705 continue; 10706 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10707 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10708 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10709 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10710 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10711 // Flexible array member. 10712 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10713 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10714 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10715 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10716 if (Record->isUnion()) 10717 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10718 << FD->getDeclName(); 10719 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10720 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10721 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10722 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10723 if (Record->isUnion()) 10724 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10725 << FD->getDeclName(); 10726 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10727 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10728 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10729 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10730 if (Record->isUnion()) 10731 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10732 << FD->getDeclName(); 10733 else 10734 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10735 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10736 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10737 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10738 << FD->getDeclName(); 10739 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10740 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10741 continue; 10742 } 10743 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10744 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10745 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10746 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10747 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10748 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10749 continue; 10750 } 10751 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10752 if (Record) 10753 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10754 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10755 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10756 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10757 // Incomplete type 10758 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10759 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10760 continue; 10761 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10762 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10763 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10764 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10765 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10766 } else { 10767 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10768 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10769 // structures. 10770 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10771 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10772 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10773 else { 10774 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10775 // other structs as an extension. 10776 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10777 << FD->getDeclName(); 10778 if (Record) 10779 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10780 } 10781 } 10782 } 10783 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10784 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10785 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10786 AbstractIvarType)) { 10787 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10788 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10789 } 10790 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10791 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10792 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 10793 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10794 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10795 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10796 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10797 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10798 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10799 FD->setType(T); 10800 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 10801 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 10802 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10803 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10804 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10805 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10806 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10807 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10808 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10809 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10810 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10811 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10812 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10813 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10814 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10815 } 10816 } else { 10817 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 10818 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 10819 } 10820 ARCErrReported = true; 10821 } 10822 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10823 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10824 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10825 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10826 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10827 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10828 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10829 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10830 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10831 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10832 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10833 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10834 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10835 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10836 } 10837 } 10838 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 10839 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10840 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10841 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10842 ++NumNamedMembers; 10843 } 10844 10845 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10846 if (Record) { 10847 bool Completed = false; 10848 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10849 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10850 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10851 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10852 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10853 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10854 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10855 10856 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10857 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10859 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10860 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10861 10862 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10863 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10864 10865 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10866 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10867 // problem now. 10868 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10869 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10870 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10871 10872 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10873 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10874 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10875 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10876 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10877 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10878 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10879 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10880 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10881 continue; 10882 10883 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10884 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10885 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10886 // program is ill-formed. 10887 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10888 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10889 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10890 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10891 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10892 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10893 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10894 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10895 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10896 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10897 10898 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10899 } 10900 } 10901 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10902 Completed = true; 10903 } 10904 } 10905 } 10906 } 10907 10908 if (!Completed) 10909 Record->completeDefinition(); 10910 10911 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 10912 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 10913 } else { 10914 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10915 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10916 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10917 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10918 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10919 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10920 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10921 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10922 } 10923 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10924 // duplicates. 10925 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10926 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10927 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10928 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10929 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10930 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10931 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10932 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10933 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10934 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10935 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10936 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10937 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10938 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10939 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10940 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10941 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10942 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10943 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10944 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10945 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10946 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10947 if (IDecl) { 10948 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10949 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10950 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10951 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10952 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10953 continue; 10954 } 10955 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 10956 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 10957 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 10958 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 10959 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 10960 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10961 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10962 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10963 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10964 continue; 10965 } 10966 } 10967 } 10968 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10969 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10970 } 10971 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10972 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10973 } 10974 } 10975 10976 if (Attr) 10977 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10978} 10979 10980/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10981/// the given type T. 10982static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10983 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10984 QualType T) { 10985 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10986 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10987 10988 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10989 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10990 --BitWidth; 10991 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10992 } 10993 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10994} 10995 10996// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10997// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10998static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10999 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11000 // enum checking below. 11001 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11002 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11003 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11004 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11005 }; 11006 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11007 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11008 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11009 }; 11010 11011 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11012 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11013 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11014 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11015 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11016 return Types[I]; 11017 11018 return QualType(); 11019} 11020 11021EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11022 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11023 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11024 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11025 Expr *Val) { 11026 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11027 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11028 QualType EltTy; 11029 11030 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11031 Val = 0; 11032 11033 if (Val) 11034 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11035 11036 if (Val) { 11037 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11038 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11039 else { 11040 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11042 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11043 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11044 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11045 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11046 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11047 ExprResult Converted = 11048 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11049 CCEK_Enumerator); 11050 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11051 Val = 0; 11052 else 11053 Val = Converted.take(); 11054 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11055 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11056 &EnumVal).take())) { 11057 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11058 } else { 11059 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11060 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11061 11062 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11063 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11064 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11065 // expression checking. 11066 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11067 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11068 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11069 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11070 } else 11071 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11072 } else 11073 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11074 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11075 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11076 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11077 // is the type of its initializing value: 11078 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11079 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11080 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11081 } else { 11082 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11083 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11084 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11085 // representable as an int. 11086 11087 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11088 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11089 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11090 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11091 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11092 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11093 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11094 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11095 } 11096 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11097 } 11098 } 11099 } 11100 } 11101 11102 if (!Val) { 11103 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11104 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11105 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11106 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11107 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11108 // is the type of its initializing value: 11109 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11110 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11111 // 11112 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11113 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11114 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11115 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11116 } 11117 else { 11118 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11119 } 11120 } else { 11121 // Assign the last value + 1. 11122 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11123 ++EnumVal; 11124 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11125 11126 // Check for overflow on increment. 11127 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11128 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11129 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11130 // is the type of its initializing value: 11131 // 11132 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11133 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11134 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11135 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11136 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11137 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11138 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11139 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11140 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11141 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11142 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11143 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11144 ++EnumVal; 11145 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11146 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11147 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11148 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11149 << EltTy; 11150 else 11151 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11152 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11153 } else { 11154 EltTy = T; 11155 } 11156 11157 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11158 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11159 // value, then increment. 11160 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11161 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11162 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11163 ++EnumVal; 11164 11165 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11166 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11167 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11168 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11169 // integral type. 11170 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11171 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11172 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11173 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11174 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11175 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11176 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11177 } 11178 } 11179 } 11180 11181 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11182 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11183 // enumerator's type. 11184 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11185 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11186 } 11187 11188 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11189 Val, EnumVal); 11190} 11191 11192 11193Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11194 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11195 AttributeList *Attr, 11196 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11197 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11198 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11199 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11200 11201 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11202 // we find one that is. 11203 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11204 11205 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11206 // scope. 11207 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11208 ForRedeclaration); 11209 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11210 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11211 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11212 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11213 PrevDecl = 0; 11214 } 11215 11216 if (PrevDecl) { 11217 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11218 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11219 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11220 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11221 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11222 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11223 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11224 else 11225 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11226 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11227 return 0; 11228 } 11229 } 11230 11231 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11232 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11233 // different from T: 11234 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11235 // enumerated type 11236 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11237 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11238 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11239 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11240 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11241 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11242 11243 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11244 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11245 11246 if (New) { 11247 // Process attributes. 11248 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11249 11250 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11251 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11252 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11253 } 11254 11255 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11256 11257 return New; 11258} 11259 11260// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11261// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11262// Element2 = Element1 11263// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11264// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11265// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11266static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11267 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11268 if (!InitExpr) 11269 return true; 11270 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11271 11272 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11273 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11274 return true; 11275 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11276 if (!IL) 11277 return true; 11278 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11279 return true; 11280 11281 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11282 } 11283 11284 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11285 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11286 if (!DRE) 11287 return true; 11288 11289 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11290 if (!EnumConstant) 11291 return true; 11292 11293 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11294 Enum) 11295 return true; 11296 11297 return false; 11298} 11299 11300struct DupKey { 11301 int64_t val; 11302 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11303 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11304 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11305}; 11306 11307static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11308 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11309 false); 11310} 11311 11312struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11313 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11314 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11315 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11316 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11317 } 11318 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11319 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11320 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11321 } 11322}; 11323 11324// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11325// a previous element has already been set to. 11326static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 11327 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 11328 QualType EnumType) { 11329 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11330 Enum->getLocation()) == 11331 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11332 return; 11333 // Avoid anonymous enums 11334 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11335 return; 11336 11337 // Only check for small enums. 11338 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11339 return; 11340 11341 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11342 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11343 11344 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11345 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11346 ValueToVectorMap; 11347 11348 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11349 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11350 11351 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11352 // an initialier. 11353 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11354 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11355 11356 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11357 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11358 if (!ECD) { 11359 return; 11360 } 11361 11362 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11363 continue; 11364 11365 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11366 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11367 11368 // First time encountering this value. 11369 if (Entry.isNull()) 11370 Entry = ECD; 11371 } 11372 11373 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11374 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11375 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11376 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11377 continue; 11378 11379 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11380 11381 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11382 if (Entry.isNull()) 11383 continue; 11384 11385 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11386 // Ensure constants are different. 11387 if (D == ECD) 11388 continue; 11389 11390 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11391 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11392 Vec->push_back(D); 11393 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11394 11395 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11396 Entry = Vec; 11397 11398 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11399 // diagnostics. 11400 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11401 continue; 11402 } 11403 11404 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11405 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11406 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11407 continue; 11408 11409 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11410 } 11411 11412 // Emit diagnostics. 11413 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11414 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11415 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11416 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11417 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11418 11419 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11420 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11421 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11422 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11423 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11424 ++I; 11425 11426 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11427 // the same value. 11428 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11429 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11430 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11431 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11432 delete Vec; 11433 } 11434} 11435 11436void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11437 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11438 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 11439 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11440 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11441 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11442 11443 if (Attr) 11444 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11445 11446 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11447 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11448 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11449 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11450 if (!ECD) continue; 11451 11452 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11453 } 11454 11455 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11456 return; 11457 } 11458 11459 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11460 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11461 // emit a warning. 11462 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11463 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11464 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11465 11466 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11467 // reverse the list. 11468 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11469 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11470 11471 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11472 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11473 11474 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11475 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11476 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11477 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11478 11479 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11480 11481 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11482 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11483 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11484 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11485 else 11486 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11487 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11488 11489 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11490 if (AllElementsInt) 11491 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11492 } 11493 11494 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11495 QualType BestType; 11496 unsigned BestWidth; 11497 11498 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11499 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11500 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11501 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11502 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11503 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11504 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11505 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11506 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11507 QualType BestPromotionType; 11508 11509 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11510 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11511 // enum definitions. 11512 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11513 Packed = true; 11514 11515 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11516 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11517 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11518 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11519 else 11520 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11521 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11522 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11523 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11524 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11525 } 11526 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11527 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11528 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11529 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11530 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11531 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11532 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11533 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11534 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11535 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11536 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11537 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11538 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11539 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11540 } else { 11541 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11542 11543 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11544 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11545 } else { 11546 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11547 11548 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11549 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11550 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11551 } 11552 } 11553 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11554 } else { 11555 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11556 // all of the enumerator values. 11557 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11558 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11559 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11560 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11561 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11562 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11563 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11564 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11565 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11566 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11567 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11568 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11569 BestPromotionType 11570 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11571 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11572 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11573 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11574 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11575 BestPromotionType 11576 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11577 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11578 } else { 11579 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11580 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11581 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11582 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11583 BestPromotionType 11584 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11585 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11586 } 11587 } 11588 11589 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11590 // the type of the enum if needed. 11591 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11592 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11593 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11594 11595 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11596 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11597 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11598 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11599 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11600 11601 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11602 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11603 11604 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11605 // the enum decl type. 11606 QualType NewTy; 11607 unsigned NewWidth; 11608 bool NewSign; 11609 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11610 !Enum->isFixed() && 11611 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11612 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11613 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11614 NewSign = true; 11615 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11616 // Already the right type! 11617 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11618 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11619 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11620 // enumeration. 11621 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11622 continue; 11623 } else { 11624 NewTy = BestType; 11625 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11626 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11627 } 11628 11629 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11630 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11631 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11632 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11633 11634 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11635 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11636 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11637 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11638 CK_IntegralCast, 11639 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11640 /*base paths*/ 0, 11641 VK_RValue)); 11642 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11643 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11644 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11645 // enumeration. 11646 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11647 else 11648 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11649 } 11650 11651 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11652 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11653 11654 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11655 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11656 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11657 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11658 11659 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11660 11661 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 11662 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 11663 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 11664} 11665 11666Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11667 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11668 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11669 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11670 11671 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11672 AsmString, StartLoc, 11673 EndLoc); 11674 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11675 return New; 11676} 11677 11678DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11679 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11680 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11681 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11682 Module::AllVisible, 11683 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11684 if (!Mod) 11685 return true; 11686 11687 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11688 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11689 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11690 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11691 // We need the length to be consistent. 11692 if (!ModCheck) 11693 break; 11694 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11695 11696 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11697 } 11698 11699 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11700 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11701 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11702 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11703 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11704 return Import; 11705} 11706 11707void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11708 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11709 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11710 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11711 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11712 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11713 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11714 11715 // Make the module visible. 11716 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 11717} 11718 11719void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11720 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11721 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11722 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11723 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11724 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11725 LookupOrdinaryName); 11726 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11727 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11728 11729 if (PrevDecl) 11730 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11731 else 11732 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11733 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11734} 11735 11736void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11737 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11738 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11739 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11740 11741 if (PrevDecl) { 11742 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11743 } else { 11744 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11745 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11746 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11747 } 11748} 11749 11750void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11751 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11752 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11753 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11754 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11755 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11756 LookupOrdinaryName); 11757 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11758 11759 if (PrevDecl) { 11760 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11761 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11762 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11763 } else { 11764 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11765 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11766 } 11767} 11768 11769Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11770 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11771} 11772 11773AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11774 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11775 return D->getAvailability(); 11776} 11777